1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
305 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
310 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
311 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
313 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
314 only a vertical scrollbar.
315 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
316 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
317 This, however, is due
318 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
319 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
320 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
321 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
323 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
324 this doesn't work for equations yet.
327 \begin_layout Standard
328 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
336 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
341 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
342 ing sections of this documentation.
345 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_layout Standard
350 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
355 of the manuals from inside LyX.
356 Just select the manual you want read from the
363 \begin_layout Section
365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
367 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
374 \begin_layout Standard
375 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
376 without resorting to configuration files.
377 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
378 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
379 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
394 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
395 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
396 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
397 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
399 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
407 Reconfiguration of LyX
412 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
415 \begin_layout Section
417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
419 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
426 \begin_layout Standard
427 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
428 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
451 that will be created when using the menu
453 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
472 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
473 \begin_inset Note Note
476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
477 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
485 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
486 More about TeX Code is described in section
491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
493 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
497 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
504 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
518 Reconfiguration of LyX
526 \begin_layout Chapter
530 \begin_layout Section
531 Basic File Operations
535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
544 \begin_layout Standard
549 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
550 in addition to some more advanced operations:
553 \begin_layout Itemize
557 \begin_inset Graphics
558 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
566 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
590 \begin_inset Graphics
591 filename ../images/file-open.png
592 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
599 \begin_layout Itemize
605 \begin_layout Itemize
611 \begin_inset Graphics
612 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
613 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
620 \begin_layout Itemize
630 \begin_layout Itemize
644 \begin_layout Itemize
654 \begin_layout Itemize
660 \begin_layout Itemize
666 \begin_layout Itemize
672 \begin_inset Graphics
673 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
674 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
681 \begin_layout Itemize
687 \begin_layout Standard
688 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
689 a few minor differences.
692 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
707 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
708 you for a template to use.
709 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
710 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
711 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
719 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
726 \begin_layout Standard
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
751 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
752 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
755 \begin_layout Standard
776 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
781 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
806 will reload the document from disk.
807 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
808 and want to restore it to the last save.
817 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
818 can identify this as your changes.
821 \begin_layout Section
822 Basic Editing Features
826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
833 \begin_inset CommandInset label
835 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
842 \begin_layout Standard
843 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
844 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
845 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
846 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
848 We'll start with cut and paste.
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 As you might expect, the
856 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
857 various other editing features.
858 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
862 \begin_layout Itemize
868 \begin_inset Graphics
869 filename ../images/cut.png
870 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
877 \begin_layout Itemize
883 \begin_inset Graphics
884 filename ../images/copy.png
885 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
892 \begin_layout Itemize
898 \begin_inset Graphics
899 filename ../images/paste.png
900 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
907 \begin_layout Itemize
917 \begin_layout Itemize
927 \begin_layout Itemize
941 \begin_inset Graphics
942 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
943 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
951 \begin_layout Standard
952 The first three are self-explanatory.
953 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
954 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
963 keys also functions as the
968 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
969 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
974 to get back the lost text.
977 \begin_layout Standard
981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
987 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
996 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
999 \begin_layout Standard
1002 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1004 \begin_inset space ~
1007 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1009 \begin_inset space ~
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1018 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1024 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1028 \begin_inset space ~
1033 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1034 will start a new paragraph.
1037 \begin_layout Standard
1041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1059 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1061 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1073 \begin_inset space ~
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1083 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1088 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1091 \begin_inset space ~
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1105 button to skip the current word.
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1125 If the toggle is set, searching for
1126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1137 will not match the word
1138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1152 Match whole words only
1154 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1182 \begin_layout Standard
1183 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1184 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1186 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1191 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1198 \begin_layout Section
1203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1222 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1229 \begin_layout Standard
1230 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1231 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1234 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1237 or the toolbar button
1238 \begin_inset Graphics
1239 filename ../images/undo.png
1240 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1244 to undo some mistake.
1245 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1247 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1250 or the toolbar button
1251 \begin_inset Graphics
1252 filename ../images/redo.png
1253 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1265 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1269 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1272 \begin_layout Standard
1273 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1274 it was last saved, the
1275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1282 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1283 This is a consequence of the 100
1284 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1287 step undo limit, above.
1290 \begin_layout Standard
1299 work on almost everything in LyX.
1300 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1304 \begin_layout Section
1309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1318 \begin_layout Standard
1319 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1322 \begin_layout Enumerate
1327 \begin_layout Itemize
1332 once anywhere in the edit window.
1333 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1337 \begin_layout Enumerate
1342 \begin_layout Itemize
1348 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1351 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1354 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1357 \begin_layout Itemize
1358 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1360 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1367 \begin_layout Enumerate
1368 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1372 \begin_layout Standard
1377 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1378 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1379 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1383 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 \begin_layout Standard
1393 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1398 \begin_layout Section
1400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1402 name "sec:Navigating"
1410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1419 \begin_layout Standard
1420 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1423 \begin_layout Itemize
1428 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1429 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1432 \begin_layout Itemize
1435 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1438 or the toolbar button
1439 \begin_inset Graphics
1440 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1441 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1448 \begin_layout Standard
1449 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1450 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1451 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1457 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1462 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1463 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1464 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1465 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1466 to the document, see
1467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1469 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1476 \begin_layout Standard
1478 \begin_inset space \space{}
1482 \begin_inset Graphics
1483 filename ../images/down.png
1484 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1489 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1494 \begin_inset space \space{}
1498 \begin_inset Graphics
1499 filename ../images/up.png
1500 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1505 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1509 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1511 So you can for example move section
1512 \begin_inset space ~
1516 \begin_inset space ~
1520 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1522 \begin_inset Graphics
1523 filename ../images/promote.png
1524 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1529 \begin_inset Graphics
1530 filename ../images/demote.png
1531 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1535 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1536 So you can for example make section
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1541 \begin_inset space ~
1545 \begin_inset space ~
1551 \begin_layout Section
1556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1629 \begin_layout Standard
1630 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1631 LyX's default is CUA.
1634 \begin_layout Standard
1638 \begin_inset space ~
1646 \begin_inset space ~
1667 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1671 \begin_layout Labeling
1672 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1676 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1677 LatexCommand nomenclature
1679 description "Tabulator key"
1685 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1686 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1687 \begin_inset space ~
1691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1693 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1700 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1704 , especially section
1705 \begin_inset space ~
1709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1711 reference "sub:Lists"
1717 If you're still confused, look in the
1724 \begin_layout Labeling
1725 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1729 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1730 LatexCommand nomenclature
1732 description "Escape key"
1739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1746 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1747 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1750 \begin_layout Labeling
1751 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1757 \begin_inset space ~
1761 \begin_inset space ~
1768 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1769 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1773 \begin_layout Standard
1774 There are three modifier keys:
1777 \begin_layout Labeling
1778 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1796 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1797 LatexCommand nomenclature
1799 description "Control key"
1803 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1804 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1808 \begin_layout Itemize
1817 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1820 \begin_layout Itemize
1829 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1832 \begin_layout Itemize
1841 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1845 \begin_layout Labeling
1846 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1864 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1865 LatexCommand nomenclature
1867 description "Shift key"
1871 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1872 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1875 \begin_layout Labeling
1876 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1894 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1895 LatexCommand nomenclature
1897 description "Meta or Alt key"
1901 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1902 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1903 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1909 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1911 menu accelerator keys
1914 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1915 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1919 \begin_layout Standard
1920 For example, the sequence
1921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1927 \begin_inset space ~
1931 \begin_inset space ~
1937 \begin_inset space ~
1945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1968 \begin_inset space ~
1974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1984 \begin_layout Standard
1985 There are also other things bound to the
1989 key, but you'll have to check in the
2001 \begin_layout Standard
2002 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2003 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2004 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2005 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2006 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2007 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2008 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2009 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2025 followed by a capital
2031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2049 \begin_layout Standard
2050 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2052 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2057 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2060 as explained in sec.
2061 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2067 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2074 \begin_layout Chapter
2079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2088 \begin_layout Section
2093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2102 \begin_layout Subsection
2106 \begin_layout Standard
2107 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2108 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2109 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2110 numbering schemes, and so on.
2111 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2112 and format the title of your document differently.
2115 \begin_layout Standard
2120 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2121 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2122 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2123 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2124 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2127 \begin_layout Standard
2128 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2129 how to adjust their properties.
2132 \begin_layout Subsection
2137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2146 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2153 \begin_layout Standard
2154 You can select a class using the
2156 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2170 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2174 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2178 \begin_layout Standard
2179 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2183 \begin_layout Description
2184 Article for basic articles
2187 \begin_layout Description
2188 Report for basic reports
2191 \begin_layout Description
2192 Book for writing a book
2195 \begin_layout Description
2196 Letter for US-style letters
2199 \begin_layout Standard
2200 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2202 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2203 can be found in chapter
2205 Special Document Classes
2214 \begin_layout Description
2215 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2218 \begin_layout Description
2225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2234 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2238 \begin_layout Description
2239 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2240 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2241 There are three article layouts available.
2242 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2243 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2244 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2245 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2250 sequential numbering
2251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2254 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2255 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2256 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2257 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2260 \begin_layout Description
2261 Beamer Layout for presentations
2264 \begin_layout Description
2265 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2266 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2270 \begin_layout Description
2272 \begin_inset space ~
2275 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2278 \begin_layout Description
2279 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2282 \begin_layout Description
2285 Die TeXnische Komödie
2287 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2290 \begin_layout Description
2291 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2294 \begin_layout Description
2295 Foils Used to make transparencies
2298 \begin_layout Description
2299 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2302 \begin_layout Description
2303 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2304 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2308 \begin_layout Description
2309 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2310 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2313 \begin_layout Description
2314 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2317 \begin_layout Description
2318 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2321 \begin_layout Description
2322 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2323 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2326 \begin_layout Description
2327 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2330 \begin_layout Description
2335 LaTeX document class
2338 \begin_layout Description
2339 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2342 \begin_layout Description
2347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2354 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2355 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2357 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2360 \begin_layout Description
2361 Slides Used to make transparencies
2364 \begin_layout Description
2366 \begin_inset space ~
2369 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2370 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2373 \begin_layout Description
2374 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2377 \begin_layout Description
2382 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2385 \begin_layout Standard
2386 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2388 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2393 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2394 of the document classes.
2397 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2418 \begin_layout Standard
2419 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2420 in the chosen document class.
2421 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2423 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2424 the corresponding module in the
2430 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2444 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2448 \begin_layout Standard
2449 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2457 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2458 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2466 \begin_layout Standard
2467 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2475 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2483 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2487 \begin_layout Standard
2488 Each class has a default set of options.
2489 Here's a quick table describing them:
2492 \begin_layout Standard
2493 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2499 \begin_layout Standard
2501 \begin_inset Tabular
2502 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2504 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2505 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2506 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2507 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2508 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2962 \begin_layout Standard
2963 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2969 \begin_layout Standard
2970 You're probably also wondering what
2971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2975 \begin_inset space ~
2979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2983 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2984 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2989 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2994 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3004 headings, there are also
3012 headings, and so on.
3013 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3014 \begin_inset space ~
3018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3020 reference "sub:Headings"
3027 \begin_layout Subsection
3032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3039 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3041 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3060 \begin_layout Standard
3061 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3063 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3074 \begin_inset space ~
3079 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3081 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3082 to use for your document.
3083 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3087 \begin_layout Standard
3094 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3100 \begin_inset space ~
3105 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3106 You can choose between the following five options:
3109 \begin_layout Labeling
3110 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3115 Use default page style of current class.
3118 \begin_layout Labeling
3119 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3124 No page numbers or headings.
3127 \begin_layout Labeling
3128 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3136 \begin_layout Labeling
3137 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3142 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3143 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3144 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3147 \begin_layout Labeling
3148 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3153 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3163 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3169 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3170 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3172 Check the documentation for the
3176 package for more details,
3177 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3186 \begin_layout Standard
3191 of paragraphs is described in section
3192 \begin_inset space ~
3196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3198 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3205 \begin_layout Subsection
3206 Paper Size and Orientation
3210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3211 Document ! Paper size
3217 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3219 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3226 \begin_layout Standard
3227 You'll find the following options in the menu
3230 \begin_inset space ~
3235 of the dialog of the
3237 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3255 \begin_layout Labeling
3256 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3260 \begin_inset space ~
3265 What size paper to print on.
3269 \begin_layout Itemize
3275 \begin_layout Itemize
3285 \begin_layout Itemize
3291 \begin_layout Itemize
3297 \begin_layout Itemize
3303 \begin_layout Itemize
3309 \begin_layout Itemize
3315 \begin_layout Labeling
3316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3321 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3332 \begin_layout Labeling
3333 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3337 \begin_inset space ~
3342 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3343 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3346 \begin_layout Subsection
3351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3358 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3377 \begin_layout Standard
3378 Paper margins are set in the menu
3380 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3398 \begin_layout Standard
3399 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3400 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3401 the paper format and the font size into account.
3404 \begin_layout Subsection
3408 \begin_layout Standard
3409 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3414 That includes the paragraph environments.
3415 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3416 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3417 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3418 paragraph environments to
3422 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3423 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3424 the conversion and why it failed.
3427 \begin_layout Section
3428 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3433 Paragraph ! Indentation
3441 \begin_layout Subsection
3443 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3445 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3452 \begin_layout Standard
3453 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3454 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3457 \begin_layout Standard
3458 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3459 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3460 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3461 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3465 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3471 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3472 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3473 language than English.
3474 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3477 \begin_layout Standard
3478 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3479 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3481 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3482 LyX takes care of that.
3483 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3485 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3486 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3487 of a page, and so on.
3491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3492 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3497 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3498 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3502 of these pre-coded spacings.
3503 We'll explain more later.
3506 \begin_layout Subsection
3507 Paragraph Separation
3511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3512 Paragraph ! Separation
3520 \begin_layout Standard
3521 To separate paragraphs, select
3532 \begin_inset space ~
3539 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3552 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3553 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3554 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3557 \begin_layout Standard
3567 \begin_layout Standard
3568 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3569 \begin_inset space ~
3573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3575 reference "cap:Units"
3580 The default length is 30
3581 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3587 \begin_layout Subsection
3591 \begin_layout Standard
3592 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3595 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3597 \begin_inset space ~
3602 dialog and toggle the
3605 \begin_inset space ~
3610 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3611 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3612 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3616 \begin_layout Standard
3617 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3618 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3621 \begin_layout Subsection
3626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3627 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3635 \begin_layout Standard
3638 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3651 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3654 \begin_inset space ~
3663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3664 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3673 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3678 installed to use this feature.
3686 \begin_layout Section
3687 Paragraph Environments
3691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3692 Paragraph ! Environments
3698 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3700 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3709 Paragraph environments|(
3717 \begin_layout Subsection
3721 \begin_layout Standard
3722 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3725 \begin_layout Standard
3744 \begin_inset Newline newline
3747 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3748 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3749 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3758 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3761 \begin_layout Standard
3762 A paragraph environment is simply a
3763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3770 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3771 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3772 scheme, labels, and so on.
3773 Additionally, you can
3774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3781 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3782 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3783 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3784 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3785 days of typewriters.
3786 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3788 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3791 \begin_layout Standard
3792 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3793 \begin_inset Graphics
3794 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3800 at the left end of the toolbar.
3801 LyX will change the environment of the
3805 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3806 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3807 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3811 \begin_layout Standard
3820 create a new paragraph using the
3824 paragraph environment.
3826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3833 because if you are in one of these environments:
3836 \begin_layout Itemize
3842 \begin_layout Itemize
3848 \begin_layout Itemize
3854 \begin_layout Itemize
3860 \begin_layout Itemize
3866 \begin_layout Itemize
3872 \begin_layout Itemize
3878 \begin_layout Standard
3879 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3883 , rather than resetting it to
3888 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3889 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3890 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3891 \begin_inset space ~
3895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3897 reference "sec:Nesting"
3902 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3907 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3908 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3916 \begin_layout Subsection
3920 \begin_layout Standard
3921 The default paragraph environment is
3926 It creates a plain paragraph.
3927 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3928 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3929 this manual) are in the
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 You can nest a paragraph using the
3941 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3949 \begin_layout Subsection
3954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3963 \begin_layout Standard
3964 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3973 for thanks or contact information.
3974 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3975 page along with today's date.
3976 For other types of documents, the title
3977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3984 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3988 \begin_layout Standard
3989 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4003 Here's how you use them:
4006 \begin_layout Itemize
4007 Put the title of your document in the
4014 \begin_layout Itemize
4015 Put the author name in the
4022 \begin_layout Itemize
4023 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4024 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4030 Note that using this environment is optional.
4031 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4032 If you don't want any date, add the line
4033 \begin_inset Newline newline
4043 \begin_inset Newline newline
4046 to the preamble of your document (menu
4048 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4054 \begin_layout Standard
4055 You can use footnotes to insert
4056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4063 or contact informations.
4066 \begin_layout Subsection
4071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4078 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4087 \begin_layout Standard
4088 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4089 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4092 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4098 Section headings ! Numbered
4106 \begin_layout Standard
4107 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4111 \begin_layout Enumerate
4117 \begin_layout Enumerate
4123 \begin_layout Enumerate
4129 \begin_layout Enumerate
4135 \begin_layout Enumerate
4141 \begin_layout Enumerate
4147 \begin_layout Enumerate
4153 \begin_layout Standard
4154 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4155 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4156 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4159 \begin_layout Standard
4160 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4161 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4162 You group the book into chapters.
4163 LyX does similar grouping:
4166 \begin_layout Itemize
4171 is divided in either
4180 \begin_layout Itemize
4192 \begin_layout Itemize
4204 \begin_layout Itemize
4216 \begin_layout Itemize
4228 \begin_layout Itemize
4240 \begin_layout Standard
4241 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4249 Not all document types use the
4253 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4258 is the top-level heading.
4266 \begin_layout Standard
4271 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4272 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4274 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4286 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4292 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4300 \begin_layout Standard
4301 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4305 \begin_layout Enumerate
4311 \begin_layout Enumerate
4317 \begin_layout Enumerate
4323 \begin_layout Enumerate
4329 \begin_layout Enumerate
4335 \begin_layout Standard
4337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4344 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4345 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4346 table of contents, see section
4347 \begin_inset space ~
4351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4360 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4361 Changing the Numbering
4362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4364 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4371 \begin_layout Standard
4372 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4373 in the Table of Contents.
4374 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4376 Certain classes start with
4390 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4400 This is something you can change.
4403 \begin_layout Standard
4406 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4426 \begin_inset space ~
4430 \begin_inset space ~
4435 you'll see two counters.
4440 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4442 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4446 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4447 Short Titles of Headings
4451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4452 Section headings ! Short titles
4461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4468 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4470 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4477 \begin_layout Standard
4478 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4479 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4480 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4481 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4484 \begin_layout Standard
4485 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4486 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4487 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4488 To specify a short title, use the menu
4490 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4492 \begin_inset space ~
4498 This will insert a box labeled
4499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4514 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4515 This also works for captions inside floats.
4518 \begin_layout Standard
4519 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4522 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4526 \begin_layout Standard
4527 The following information applies to all section headings:
4530 \begin_layout Itemize
4531 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4534 \begin_layout Itemize
4535 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4538 \begin_layout Itemize
4539 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4542 \begin_layout Itemize
4543 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4546 \begin_layout Subsection
4547 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4550 \begin_layout Standard
4551 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4565 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4566 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4567 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4568 the text they contain.
4569 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4577 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4580 \begin_layout Standard
4581 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4590 when you start a new paragraph.
4591 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4595 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4596 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4597 to change back to the
4601 environment yourself.
4604 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4614 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4633 \begin_layout Standard
4634 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4635 time for the differences.
4644 are identical except for one difference:
4648 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4657 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4660 \begin_layout Standard
4661 Here's an example of the
4674 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4676 See -- no indentation!
4680 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4681 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4682 the other paragraph.
4685 \begin_layout Standard
4686 Here's another example, this time in the
4693 \begin_layout Quotation
4699 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4700 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4701 the first line, then
4705 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4709 you were quoting other text.
4712 \begin_layout Quotation
4713 Here's a new paragraph.
4714 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4715 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4718 \begin_layout Standard
4719 As the examples show,
4723 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4724 They should put quotes in the
4729 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4733 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4736 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4764 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4773 \begin_layout Standard
4778 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4784 \begin_inset Newline newline
4787 Which I did not rehearse!
4791 It could be much worse.
4792 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4794 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4795 indented a bit more than the first.
4796 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4802 \begin_inset Newline newline
4805 And make things look fine
4806 \begin_inset Newline newline
4816 \begin_layout Standard
4821 does not indent both margins.
4822 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4823 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4834 \begin_layout Subsection
4839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4846 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4855 \begin_layout Standard
4856 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4866 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4875 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4876 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4877 some general features of all four of them.
4880 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4884 \begin_layout Standard
4885 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4887 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4896 reset the environment to
4900 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4901 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
4902 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4907 to break paragraphs.
4910 \begin_layout Standard
4911 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4912 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4914 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4915 you read all of section
4916 \begin_inset space ~
4920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4922 reference "sec:Nesting"
4930 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4955 \begin_layout Standard
4956 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4960 paragraph environment.
4961 It has the following properties:
4964 \begin_layout Itemize
4965 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4969 \begin_layout Itemize
4970 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4973 \begin_layout Itemize
4974 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4978 \begin_layout Itemize
4979 The items can have any length.
4980 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4981 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4988 \begin_layout Itemize
4993 environment inside another
4997 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5001 \begin_layout Itemize
5002 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5005 \begin_layout Itemize
5006 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5009 \begin_layout Itemize
5011 \begin_inset space ~
5015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5017 reference "sec:Nesting"
5021 for a full explanation of nesting.
5025 \begin_layout Standard
5026 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5035 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5038 \begin_layout Standard
5039 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5040 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5041 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5044 \begin_layout Itemize
5045 The label for the first level
5049 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5053 \begin_layout Itemize
5054 The label for the second level is a dash.
5058 \begin_layout Itemize
5059 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5063 \begin_layout Itemize
5064 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5068 \begin_layout Itemize
5069 Back out to the third level.
5073 \begin_layout Itemize
5074 Back to the second level.
5078 \begin_layout Itemize
5079 Back to the outermost level.
5082 \begin_layout Standard
5083 These are the default labels for an
5088 You can customize these labels in the
5090 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5093 dialog in the submenu
5103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5112 \begin_layout Standard
5113 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5114 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5116 \begin_inset space ~
5120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5122 reference "sec:Nesting"
5129 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5145 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5147 name "sec:Enumerate"
5154 \begin_layout Standard
5159 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5160 It has these properties:
5163 \begin_layout Enumerate
5164 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5168 \begin_layout Enumerate
5169 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5173 \begin_layout Enumerate
5174 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5177 \begin_layout Enumerate
5182 environment resets the counter to one.
5185 \begin_layout Enumerate
5198 \begin_layout Enumerate
5199 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5200 Items can have any length.
5203 \begin_layout Enumerate
5204 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5207 \begin_layout Enumerate
5208 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5211 \begin_layout Enumerate
5212 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5216 \begin_layout Standard
5225 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5226 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5233 \begin_layout Enumerate
5234 The first level of an
5238 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5242 \begin_layout Enumerate
5243 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5247 \begin_layout Enumerate
5248 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5252 \begin_layout Enumerate
5253 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5256 \begin_layout Enumerate
5257 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5262 \begin_layout Enumerate
5263 Back to the third level
5267 \begin_layout Enumerate
5268 Back to the second level.
5272 \begin_layout Enumerate
5273 Back to the outermost level.
5276 \begin_layout Standard
5277 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5282 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5287 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5291 \begin_layout Standard
5292 There is more to nesting
5296 environments than we've stated here.
5297 You should read section
5298 \begin_inset space ~
5302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5304 reference "sec:Nesting"
5308 to learn more about nesting.
5311 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5329 \begin_layout Standard
5330 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5334 list has no fixed label.
5335 Instead, LyX uses the first
5336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5343 of the first line as the label.
5347 \begin_layout Description
5348 Example: This is an example of the
5355 \begin_layout Standard
5356 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5360 \begin_layout Standard
5362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5369 it is meant that the first hit of the
5373 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5375 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5386 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5387 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5389 \begin_inset space ~
5395 \begin_inset space ~
5399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5401 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5405 for more info.) Here is an example:
5408 \begin_layout Description
5410 \begin_inset space ~
5413 Example: This one shows how to use a
5416 \begin_inset space ~
5428 \begin_layout Description
5429 Usage: You should use the
5433 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5434 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5436 It's not a good idea to use a
5440 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5441 You're better off using
5453 paragraphs into them.
5456 \begin_layout Description
5457 Nesting: You can nest
5461 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5465 \begin_layout Standard
5466 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5467 them from the first line.
5470 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5488 \begin_layout Standard
5493 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5497 \begin_layout Standard
5506 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5507 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5510 \begin_layout Labeling
5511 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5513 \begin_inset space ~
5516 labels LyX uses the first
5517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5524 of each line as the item label.
5529 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5530 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5531 blank as described above.
5534 \begin_layout Labeling
5535 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5536 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5537 the body of the item text.
5538 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5539 label width plus a little extra space.
5543 \begin_layout Labeling
5544 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5546 \begin_inset space ~
5549 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5551 If the label width is larger, the label
5552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5559 into the first line.
5560 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5561 margin of the rest of the item text.
5564 \begin_layout Labeling
5565 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5567 \begin_inset space ~
5570 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5575 environment have the same left margin.
5576 \begin_inset Newline newline
5579 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5582 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5584 \begin_inset space ~
5593 \begin_inset space ~
5598 determines the default label width.
5599 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5608 multiple times instead.
5609 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5618 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5621 \begin_inset space ~
5626 every time you alter a label in a
5631 \begin_inset Newline newline
5634 The predefined default width is the length of
5635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5644 \begin_inset Newline newline
5648 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5656 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5657 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5665 \begin_layout Standard
5670 environment the same way like the
5674 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5680 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5684 \begin_layout Standard
5689 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5691 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5693 \begin_inset space ~
5697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5699 reference "sec:Nesting"
5703 to learn about nesting.
5706 \begin_layout Standard
5707 There is yet another feature of the
5711 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5713 You can use additional
5717 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5722 are documented in section
5723 \begin_inset space ~
5727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5729 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5734 Here are some examples:
5737 \begin_layout Labeling
5738 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5739 Left The default for
5746 \begin_layout Labeling
5747 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5748 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5755 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5758 \begin_layout Labeling
5759 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5760 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5764 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5771 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5774 \begin_layout Subsection
5779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5788 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5796 \begin_inset space ~
5804 \begin_layout Standard
5805 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5813 \begin_inset space ~
5819 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5820 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5821 In contrast, you can use the
5828 \begin_inset space ~
5833 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5834 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5838 \begin_layout Standard
5839 Of course, you're not limited to using
5846 \begin_inset space ~
5855 \begin_inset space ~
5860 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5861 some European academic papers.
5864 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5866 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5868 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5875 \begin_layout Standard
5880 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5881 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5885 \begin_inset space ~
5890 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5891 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5892 Here's an example of each:
5895 \begin_layout Right Address
5897 \begin_inset Newline newline
5901 \begin_inset Newline newline
5905 \begin_inset Newline newline
5908 When is it? What is today?
5911 \begin_layout Standard
5915 \begin_inset space ~
5921 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5922 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5923 Here's an example of the
5930 \begin_layout Address
5932 \begin_inset Newline newline
5935 Where do I send this
5936 \begin_inset Newline newline
5939 Your post office and country
5942 \begin_layout Standard
5943 As you can see, both
5950 \begin_inset space ~
5955 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5960 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5966 This makes sense, since
5974 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5975 Thus, you have to use
5986 \begin_inset space ~
5989 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5991 \begin_inset space ~
6000 menu) to start a new line in an
6007 \begin_inset space ~
6015 \begin_layout Subsection
6019 \begin_layout Standard
6020 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6021 or list of references.
6022 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6025 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6041 \begin_layout Standard
6046 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6047 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6048 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6049 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6053 in anything else or vice versa.
6059 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6060 The book document classes ignores the
6064 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6068 in a letter document class.
6071 \begin_layout Standard
6076 environment does several things for you.
6077 First, it puts the centered label
6078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6086 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6088 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6089 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6090 the subsequent text.
6091 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6092 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6095 \begin_layout Standard
6096 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6100 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6101 The new paragraph will still be in the
6106 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6107 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6110 \begin_layout Standard
6111 \begin_inset Float figure
6116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6118 \begin_inset Graphics
6119 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6128 \begin_inset Caption
6130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6131 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6133 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6154 \begin_layout Standard
6155 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6159 environment, but since this document is in the
6160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6167 class, we can't do this.
6168 We inserted it therefore as figure
6169 \begin_inset space ~
6173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6175 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6180 If you've never heard of an
6181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6188 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6191 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6209 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6216 \begin_layout Standard
6221 environment is used to list references.
6222 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6223 only use it at the end of the document.
6228 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6231 \begin_layout Standard
6232 When you first open a
6236 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6252 depending on the document class.
6253 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6254 Each paragraph of the
6258 environment is a bibliography entry.
6263 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6264 Each new paragraph is still in the
6271 \begin_layout Standard
6272 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6273 by using a BibTeX database.
6274 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6275 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6276 \begin_inset space ~
6280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6282 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6289 \begin_layout Subsection
6296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6297 Paragraph ! LyX code
6303 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6312 \begin_layout Standard
6317 environment is another LyX extension.
6318 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6323 key as a fixed whitespace;
6327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6339 \begin_inset space ~
6344 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6349 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6350 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6368 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6369 So, when you finish using the
6373 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6374 Also, you can nest the
6378 environment inside of others.
6381 \begin_layout Standard
6382 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6385 \begin_layout Itemize
6390 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6402 \begin_layout Itemize
6415 \begin_layout Itemize
6420 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6427 \begin_layout Itemize
6436 \begin_layout Itemize
6437 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6438 You must put at least one
6442 in any line you want blank.
6443 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6446 \begin_layout Itemize
6447 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6451 since that will insert
6456 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6464 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6467 \begin_layout Standard
6471 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6475 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6479 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6483 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6487 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6488 printf("Hello World!
6493 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6497 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6501 \begin_layout Standard
6502 This is just the standard
6503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6514 \begin_layout Standard
6519 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6520 rc-files, and so on.
6521 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6522 as if you used a typewriter.
6526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6527 Paragraph environments|)
6535 \begin_layout Section
6536 Nesting Environments
6540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6541 Nesting ! Environments
6547 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6556 \begin_layout Subsection
6560 \begin_layout Standard
6561 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6563 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6565 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6567 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6579 \begin_layout Enumerate
6583 \begin_layout Enumerate
6588 \begin_layout Enumerate
6592 \begin_layout Enumerate
6597 \begin_layout Enumerate
6601 \begin_layout Standard
6602 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6603 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6606 \begin_inset space ~
6610 \begin_inset space ~
6618 \begin_inset space ~
6622 \begin_inset space ~
6631 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6632 will tell you how far you are nested).
6633 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6634 \begin_inset Graphics
6635 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6640 \begin_inset Graphics
6641 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6645 or the convenient key bindings
6653 to change the nesting level.
6654 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6655 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6659 \begin_layout Standard
6660 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6661 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6662 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6663 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6666 \begin_layout Standard
6667 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6668 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6670 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6673 \begin_layout Subsection
6674 What You Can and Can't Nest
6677 \begin_layout Standard
6678 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6679 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6682 \begin_layout Standard
6683 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6684 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6685 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6688 \begin_layout Itemize
6689 Completely unnestable
6692 \begin_layout Itemize
6693 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6694 other things inside of them.
6697 \begin_layout Itemize
6698 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6702 \begin_layout Standard
6703 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6704 environments have them:
6707 \begin_layout Description
6708 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6709 Can't nest into them.
6713 \begin_layout Itemize
6719 \begin_layout Itemize
6725 \begin_layout Itemize
6731 \begin_layout Itemize
6737 \begin_layout Itemize
6744 \begin_layout Description
6746 \begin_inset space ~
6749 Nestable You can nest them.
6750 You can nest other things into them.
6754 \begin_layout Itemize
6760 \begin_layout Itemize
6766 \begin_layout Itemize
6772 \begin_layout Itemize
6778 \begin_layout Itemize
6784 \begin_layout Itemize
6790 \begin_layout Itemize
6796 \begin_layout Itemize
6803 \begin_layout Description
6804 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6805 You can't nest anything into them.
6809 \begin_layout Itemize
6815 \begin_layout Itemize
6821 \begin_layout Itemize
6827 \begin_layout Itemize
6833 \begin_layout Itemize
6839 \begin_layout Itemize
6845 \begin_layout Itemize
6851 \begin_layout Itemize
6857 \begin_layout Itemize
6863 \begin_layout Itemize
6869 \begin_layout Itemize
6875 \begin_layout Itemize
6881 \begin_layout Itemize
6887 \begin_layout Itemize
6891 \begin_inset space ~
6897 \begin_layout Itemize
6904 \begin_layout Standard
6905 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6913 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6922 \begin_inset space ~
6926 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6930 \begin_inset space ~
6933 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6934 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6935 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6943 \begin_layout Subsection
6944 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6949 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6957 \begin_layout Standard
6958 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6959 affected by nesting anyhow.
6963 \begin_layout Itemize
6967 \begin_layout Itemize
6971 \begin_layout Itemize
6975 \begin_layout Standard
6977 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6985 Figures and tables in
6989 are not affected by this.
6994 Have a look at section
6995 \begin_inset space ~
6999 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7001 reference "sec:Floats"
7005 for more informations about
7012 \begin_layout Standard
7013 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7014 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7018 \begin_layout Standard
7019 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7027 of its own, it behaves just like a
7028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7035 paragraph environment.
7036 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7040 \begin_layout Standard
7041 Here's an example with a table:
7044 \begin_layout Enumerate
7049 \begin_layout Enumerate
7050 This is (a) and it's nested.
7054 \begin_layout Standard
7055 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7061 \begin_layout Standard
7063 \begin_inset Tabular
7064 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7066 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7067 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7151 \begin_layout Standard
7152 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7159 \begin_layout Enumerate
7161 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7165 \begin_layout Enumerate
7169 \begin_layout Standard
7170 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7173 \begin_layout Enumerate
7178 \begin_layout Enumerate
7179 This is (a) and it's nested.
7183 \begin_layout Standard
7184 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7190 \begin_layout Standard
7192 \begin_inset Tabular
7193 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7195 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7196 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7280 \begin_layout Standard
7281 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7287 \begin_layout Enumerate
7294 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7297 \begin_layout Enumerate
7301 \begin_layout Standard
7302 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7306 \begin_layout Standard
7307 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7309 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7312 \begin_layout Enumerate
7317 \begin_layout Enumerate
7318 This is (a) and it's nested.
7321 \begin_layout Standard
7322 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7328 \begin_layout Standard
7330 \begin_inset Tabular
7331 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7333 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7334 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7418 \begin_layout Standard
7419 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7425 \begin_layout Enumerate
7427 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7435 \begin_layout Enumerate
7439 \begin_layout Standard
7440 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7446 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7447 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7451 \begin_layout Subsection
7452 Usage and General Features
7455 \begin_layout Standard
7456 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7465 is the innermost possible depth.
7466 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7469 \begin_layout Enumerate
7470 level #1 - outermost
7474 \begin_layout Enumerate
7479 \begin_layout Enumerate
7484 \begin_layout Enumerate
7489 \begin_layout Itemize
7494 \begin_layout Itemize
7503 \begin_layout Standard
7504 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7505 both of them in the example.
7506 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7516 For example, if we tried to nest another
7521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7531 \begin_layout Subsection
7536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7545 \begin_layout Standard
7546 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7547 We have several examples of nested environments.
7548 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7552 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7553 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7556 \begin_layout Labeling
7557 \labelwidthstring MMM
7558 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7567 \begin_layout Labeling
7568 \labelwidthstring MMM
7569 #2-a This is level #2.
7570 We created it by using
7582 \begin_layout Labeling
7583 \labelwidthstring MMM
7584 #3-a This is level #3.
7585 This time, we just hit
7594 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7607 \begin_layout Standard
7612 environment, nested inside of
7613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7621 So, it's at level #4.
7622 We did this by hitting
7630 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7635 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7651 \begin_layout Standard
7656 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7663 \begin_layout Labeling
7664 \labelwidthstring MMM
7665 #4-a This is level #4.
7670 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7675 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7679 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7684 keep nesting things inside of
7685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7696 \begin_layout Labeling
7697 \labelwidthstring MMM
7698 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7703 \begin_layout Labeling
7704 \labelwidthstring MMM
7705 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7706 and this is level #6.
7707 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7711 \begin_layout Labeling
7712 \labelwidthstring MMM
7713 #5-b Back to level #5.
7726 \begin_layout Labeling
7727 \labelwidthstring MMM
7736 , we're back at level #4.
7740 \begin_layout Labeling
7741 \labelwidthstring MMM
7742 #3-b Back to level #3.
7743 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7747 \begin_layout Labeling
7748 \labelwidthstring MMM
7749 #2-b Back to level #2.
7754 \begin_layout Labeling
7755 \labelwidthstring MMM
7756 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7757 After this sentence, we'll hit
7761 and change the paragraph environment back to
7768 \begin_layout Standard
7769 We could have also used the
7785 environment in place of the
7790 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7793 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7794 Example 2: Inheritance
7797 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7798 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7801 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7811 , after which, we'll change to the
7819 \begin_layout Enumerate
7824 environment, at level #2.
7827 \begin_layout Enumerate
7828 Notice how the nested
7832 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7836 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7840 \begin_layout Standard
7841 We ended this example by hitting
7846 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7850 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7857 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7858 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7871 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7879 \begin_layout Enumerate
7880 This is level #1, in an
7884 paragraph environment.
7885 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7889 \begin_layout Enumerate
7900 Now, what happens if we nest an
7904 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7905 label be? An asterisk?
7909 \begin_layout Itemize
7919 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7920 So, its label is a bullet.
7921 (We got here by using
7929 , then changing the environment to
7937 \begin_layout Itemize
7938 Here's level #4, produced using
7947 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7952 \begin_layout Enumerate
7953 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7955 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7960 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7964 , because we are in the
7988 \begin_layout Enumerate
7993 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7994 type of numbering does LyX use?
7997 \begin_layout Enumerate
7998 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8002 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8005 \begin_layout Enumerate
8010 to decrease the depth after the next
8018 \begin_layout Enumerate
8020 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8024 \begin_layout Enumerate
8026 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8027 numeral as the label.Why?
8030 \begin_layout Enumerate
8031 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8040 Notice, however, that LyX
8044 reset the counter for the label.
8048 \begin_layout Enumerate
8057 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8058 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8059 into the twofold-nested
8067 \begin_layout Enumerate
8068 The same thing happens if we do another
8076 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8079 \begin_layout Standard
8080 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8085 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8099 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8105 The same rule applies for the
8109 environment, as well.
8112 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8113 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8116 \begin_layout Enumerate
8117 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8118 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8119 same detail with how we did it.
8128 \begin_layout Standard
8131 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8133 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8134 example in parentheses someplace.
8135 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8136 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8137 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8141 \begin_layout Enumerate
8146 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8151 Now we'll add verse.
8152 \begin_inset Newline newline
8155 It will get much worse.
8156 \begin_inset Newline newline
8161 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8167 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8168 \begin_inset Newline newline
8171 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8172 \begin_inset Newline newline
8185 \begin_layout Standard
8186 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8192 \begin_layout Standard
8194 \begin_inset Tabular
8195 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8197 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8198 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8286 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8290 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8296 \begin_layout Enumerate
8301 : level #1) This is another item.
8302 Note that selecting a
8306 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8307 3 times to put the table inside the
8315 \begin_layout Quotation
8316 We're now ending the
8320 list and changing to
8325 We're still at level #1.
8326 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8327 The next set of paragraphs is a
8328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8342 \begin_inset space ~
8347 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8351 for the letter body.
8356 to preserve the depth.
8357 Remember that you need to use
8361 to create multiple lines inside the
8368 \begin_inset space ~
8378 \begin_layout Right Address
8380 \begin_inset Newline newline
8383 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8384 \begin_inset Newline newline
8390 \begin_layout Address
8392 \begin_inset space ~
8398 \begin_layout Quotation
8399 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8400 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8403 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8404 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8405 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8406 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8407 as soon as possible.
8408 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8411 \begin_layout Quotation
8412 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8413 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8414 with your order, along with payment.
8417 \begin_layout Quotation
8418 We thank you again for your patience.
8421 \begin_layout Address
8423 \begin_inset Newline newline
8430 \begin_layout Quotation
8431 That ends that example!
8434 \begin_layout Standard
8435 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8436 just a few keystrokes.
8437 We could have easily nested an
8458 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8461 \begin_layout Section
8462 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8475 \begin_layout Standard
8476 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8477 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8478 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8479 be broken at the end of a line.
8480 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8484 \begin_layout Subsection
8486 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8488 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8505 \begin_layout Standard
8506 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8508 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8512 Further documentation is given in section
8513 \begin_inset Newline newline
8517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8519 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8527 \begin_layout Standard
8528 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8543 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8552 A protected space is set with
8554 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8555 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8559 \begin_inset space ~
8573 \begin_layout Subsection
8575 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8577 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8586 Spacing ! Horizontal
8594 \begin_layout Standard
8595 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8597 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8598 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8602 The length units are listed in Appendix
8603 \begin_inset space ~
8607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8609 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8616 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8620 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8637 \begin_layout Standard
8639 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8643 \begin_inset space \space{}
8646 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8647 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8648 \begin_inset space ~
8652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8654 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8659 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8660 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8667 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8669 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8671 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8688 \begin_layout Standard
8690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8697 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8706 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8707 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8708 inside abbreviations:
8713 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8717 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8718 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8722 \begin_inset space \space{}
8728 \begin_layout Standard
8729 or between values and units.
8730 Compare for example this:
8731 \begin_inset Newline newline
8735 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8739 \begin_inset Newline newline
8745 \begin_layout Standard
8746 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8748 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8749 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8751 \begin_inset space ~
8763 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8765 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8767 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8774 \begin_layout Standard
8775 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8778 \begin_layout Description
8780 \begin_inset space ~
8784 \begin_inset space ~
8788 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8792 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8796 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8799 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8802 \begin_layout Description
8804 \begin_inset space ~
8808 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8812 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8816 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8820 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8824 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8827 em) space between the arrows.
8830 \begin_layout Description
8832 \begin_inset space ~
8836 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8840 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8844 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8848 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8852 \begin_inset space ~
8856 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8859 em) space between the arrows.
8862 \begin_layout Description
8864 \begin_inset space ~
8868 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8872 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8876 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8880 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8884 \begin_inset space ~
8888 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8891 em) space between the arrows.
8894 \begin_layout Description
8896 \begin_inset space ~
8900 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8904 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8909 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8916 cm space between the arrows.
8919 \begin_layout Standard
8921 \begin_inset space ~
8925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8927 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8931 lists the different space sizes.
8934 \begin_layout Standard
8935 \begin_inset Float table
8940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8942 \begin_inset Caption
8944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8945 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8947 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8951 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8961 \begin_inset Tabular
8962 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8964 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8965 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9005 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9029 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9053 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9077 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9092 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9105 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9120 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9133 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9148 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9182 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9200 \begin_layout Standard
9201 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9202 in a uniform fashion.
9203 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9204 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9205 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9206 equally between themselves.
9210 \begin_layout Standard
9211 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9216 This is on the left side
9217 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9220 This is on the right
9226 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9230 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9239 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9243 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9247 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9253 \begin_layout Standard
9254 That was an example in the
9260 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9264 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9268 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9271 is one in a standard paragraph.
9272 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9276 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9279 \begin_layout Standard
9280 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9283 \begin_inset space ~
9288 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9291 \begin_layout Standard
9293 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9297 \begin_inset space ~
9303 \begin_layout Standard
9305 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9309 \begin_inset space ~
9315 \begin_layout Standard
9317 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9321 \begin_inset space ~
9327 \begin_layout Standard
9329 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9333 \begin_inset space ~
9339 \begin_layout Standard
9341 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9345 \begin_inset space ~
9351 \begin_layout Standard
9353 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9357 \begin_inset space ~
9363 \begin_layout Standard
9364 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9372 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9376 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9377 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9378 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9382 option in the space dialog.
9390 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9404 \begin_layout Standard
9405 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9407 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9410 \begin_layout Standard
9411 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9414 What is correct English?:
9415 \begin_inset Newline newline
9419 \begin_inset Newline newline
9423 \begin_inset space ~
9426 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9427 \begin_inset Newline newline
9434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9445 \begin_inset Newline newline
9452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9463 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9469 \begin_layout Standard
9470 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9475 \begin_inset space ~
9479 \begin_inset space ~
9483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9487 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9499 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9505 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9509 for more information about TeX-Code.
9515 In our case write the command
9522 (note the space after
9523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9530 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9531 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9532 That is why it is named
9533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9545 There exists also the commands
9557 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9558 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9559 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9561 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9573 \begin_layout Subsection
9575 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9577 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9594 \begin_layout Standard
9595 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9597 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9598 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9600 \begin_inset space ~
9606 There you find the following sizes:
9609 \begin_layout Standard
9622 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9627 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9629 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9642 for the paragraph separation.
9643 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9654 \begin_layout Standard
9663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9669 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9670 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9672 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9673 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9682 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9691 s are described in section
9692 \begin_inset space ~
9696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9698 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9707 If there are several
9711 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9712 You can therefore use
9716 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9719 \begin_layout Standard
9724 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9725 \begin_inset space ~
9729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9731 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9738 \begin_layout Standard
9739 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9749 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9750 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9762 \begin_layout Subsection
9766 \begin_layout Standard
9767 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9769 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9773 There are four possibilities:
9776 \begin_layout Itemize
9782 \begin_layout Itemize
9788 \begin_layout Itemize
9794 \begin_layout Itemize
9800 \begin_layout Standard
9801 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9802 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9803 the left and right margins.
9804 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9807 \begin_layout Standard
9809 This paragraph is right aligned,
9812 \begin_layout Standard
9814 this one is centered,
9817 \begin_layout Standard
9819 this one is left aligned.
9822 \begin_layout Subsection
9827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9828 Page breaks ! Forced
9834 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9836 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
9843 \begin_layout Standard
9844 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9845 can force a page break where you want one.
9846 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
9847 Only if you use many
9851 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9854 \begin_layout Standard
9855 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9856 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9860 have to change the page breaking.
9863 \begin_layout Standard
9864 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9866 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9868 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9869 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9871 \begin_inset space ~
9877 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9879 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9880 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9882 \begin_inset space ~
9887 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9889 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
9890 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9893 \begin_layout Standard
9894 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
9895 at the top of a page.
9896 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9897 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9898 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9899 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9903 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9914 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9916 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9918 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
9926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9935 \begin_layout Standard
9936 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9937 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9938 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9939 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9940 if necessary by adding pages.
9943 \begin_layout Standard
9944 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
9946 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9947 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9949 \begin_inset space ~
9955 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9957 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9958 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9960 \begin_inset space ~
9964 \begin_inset space ~
9969 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9970 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9973 \begin_layout Subsection
9978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9985 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9987 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
9994 \begin_layout Standard
9995 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
9997 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9999 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10000 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10002 \begin_inset space ~
10006 \begin_inset space ~
10016 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10018 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10019 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10021 \begin_inset space ~
10025 \begin_inset space ~
10030 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10032 This is necessary to avoid
10033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10040 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10043 \begin_layout Standard
10044 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10045 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10046 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10047 set a line break, e.g.
10048 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10049 \begin_inset space ~
10053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10055 reference "sec:Quote"
10060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10062 reference "sec:Verse"
10067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10069 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10076 \begin_layout Subsection
10078 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10080 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10097 \begin_layout Standard
10102 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10103 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10105 \begin_inset space ~
10110 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10116 \begin_layout Section
10117 Characters and Symbols
10120 \begin_layout Standard
10121 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10122 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10123 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10127 \begin_inset space ~
10130 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10132 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10138 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10142 for informations how this is done.
10145 \begin_layout Standard
10146 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10151 dialog via the menu
10153 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10154 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10160 \begin_layout Standard
10161 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10169 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10170 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10171 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10179 \begin_layout Section
10180 Fonts and Text Styles
10181 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10183 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10190 \begin_layout Subsection
10195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10204 \begin_layout Standard
10205 There are two types of fonts:
10208 \begin_layout Description
10210 \begin_inset space ~
10217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10223 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10224 characters) in the font.
10225 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10226 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10227 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10228 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10229 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10230 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10231 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10232 provide a good image.
10233 \begin_inset Newline newline
10236 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10237 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10238 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10239 sizes than at small ones.
10240 \begin_inset Newline newline
10254 \begin_inset space ~
10262 \begin_layout Description
10264 \begin_inset space ~
10271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10277 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10278 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10279 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10280 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10281 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10282 picture manipulation program.
10283 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10284 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10285 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10286 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10287 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10289 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10290 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10291 \begin_inset Newline newline
10294 Bitmap fonts are named
10297 \begin_inset space ~
10302 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10305 \begin_layout Standard
10306 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10307 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10308 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10309 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10313 \begin_layout Standard
10314 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10315 its document properties.
10318 \begin_layout Standard
10319 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10320 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10321 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10322 font to emphasize text, you use an
10323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10331 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10332 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10336 \begin_layout Subsection
10337 Document Font and Font size
10338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10340 name "sub:Document-Font"
10348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10367 \begin_layout Standard
10368 You can set the document fonts in the
10370 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10378 Document ! Settings
10384 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10385 font shapes roman (serif),
10388 \begin_inset space ~
10400 \begin_layout Standard
10401 The possible options for the font include
10405 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10410 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10432 European Computer Modern
10435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10445 \begin_layout Standard
10454 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10455 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10460 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10463 \begin_inset space ~
10468 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10474 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10475 There are three ways to use one:
10478 \begin_layout Itemize
10479 One way is to use the
10489 Virtual means that it
10490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10501 -glyphs from other fonts.
10502 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10524 Loading the LaTeX-package
10532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10533 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10538 with the document preamble line
10541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10546 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10550 will fix the guillemet problem.
10555 and that accented characters are not
10559 glyph, they are build of
10563 characters, the accent and the letter.
10564 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10568 fonts for words with accented characters.
10569 If you search for example for the French word
10570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10577 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10586 and not for the glyph
10587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10591 \begin_inset space ~
10595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10601 \begin_layout Itemize
10602 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10615 , consists of these three main font types
10618 \begin_inset space ~
10647 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10651 \begin_inset space ~
10658 as typewriter font.
10659 \begin_inset Newline newline
10662 The differences between roman,
10665 \begin_inset space ~
10674 fonts are explained in section
10675 \begin_inset space ~
10679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10681 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10686 \begin_inset Newline newline
10693 was originally designed for newspapers.
10694 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10695 into the small newspaper columns.
10700 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10703 \begin_layout Itemize
10704 The best solution is to use the
10713 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10718 In most cases they look the same as
10726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10727 One difference is improved kerning for the
10740 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
10751 \begin_layout Standard
10752 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10755 For the font size there are four possible values:
10772 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10775 \begin_layout Standard
10776 The font sizes are the
10781 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
10782 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10783 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10786 \begin_inset space ~
10792 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10793 \begin_inset space ~
10797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10799 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10806 \begin_layout Standard
10811 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
10812 a font to display the script characters.
10816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10817 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
10822 So this has no effect for the document language
10838 \begin_layout Standard
10839 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10843 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10851 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10855 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10856 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10857 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10859 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10862 dialog, see section
10863 \begin_inset space ~
10867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10869 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10881 \begin_layout Subsection
10882 Using Different Character Styles
10886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10905 \begin_layout Standard
10906 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10907 certain paragraph environments.
10908 LyX supports two character styles,
10917 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10921 \begin_layout Standard
10926 style, do one of the following:
10929 \begin_layout Itemize
10930 click on the toolbar button
10931 \begin_inset Graphics
10932 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10939 \begin_layout Itemize
10940 use the key binding
10943 \begin_inset space ~
10949 \begin_layout Standard
10950 These commands are all toggles.
10955 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10958 \begin_layout Standard
10959 One typically uses the
10963 style for proper names.
10965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10972 is the original author of LyX.
10973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10979 \begin_layout Standard
10980 A more widely used character style is the
10985 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10992 \begin_layout Itemize
10993 clicking on the toolbar button
10994 \begin_inset Graphics
10995 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11002 \begin_layout Itemize
11003 using the keybindings
11006 \begin_inset space ~
11012 \begin_layout Standard
11017 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11018 es use a different font.
11021 \begin_layout Standard
11022 We've been using the
11026 style all over the place in this document.
11027 Here's one more example:
11030 \begin_layout Quotation
11033 Don't overuse character styles!
11036 \begin_layout Standard
11037 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11038 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11039 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11040 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11044 \begin_layout Standard
11045 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11048 \begin_inset space ~
11055 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11057 \begin_inset space ~
11065 \begin_layout Subsection
11066 Fine-Tuning with the
11071 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11073 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11090 \begin_layout Standard
11091 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
11092 gives you a way to create custom character style.
11093 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11094 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11095 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11096 from ordinary dialog.
11099 \begin_layout Standard
11100 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11101 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11102 \begin_inset Newline newline
11105 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11106 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
11109 \begin_layout Standard
11110 To use custom character styles, open the
11112 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11114 \begin_inset space ~
11120 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11121 font property which you can choose.
11122 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11125 \begin_inset space ~
11130 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11135 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11136 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11137 environments in a snap.
11140 \begin_layout Standard
11141 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11144 \begin_inset space ~
11156 \begin_layout Labeling
11157 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11171 The possible options are:
11175 \begin_layout Labeling
11176 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11181 This is the Roman font family.
11182 Normally a serif font.
11183 It's also the default family.
11188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11200 \begin_inset space ~
11209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11217 \begin_inset Note Note
11220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11221 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11222 It is explained in section
11223 \begin_inset space ~
11227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11229 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11241 \begin_layout Labeling
11242 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11246 \begin_inset space ~
11253 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11272 \begin_inset space ~
11281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11291 \begin_layout Labeling
11292 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11299 This is the Typewriter font family.
11306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11318 \begin_inset space ~
11327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11340 \begin_layout Labeling
11341 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11346 This corresponds to the print weight.
11351 \begin_layout Labeling
11352 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11357 This is the Medium font series.
11358 It's also the default series.
11361 \begin_layout Labeling
11362 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11369 This is the Bold font series.
11376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11388 \begin_inset space ~
11397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11408 \begin_layout Labeling
11409 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11414 As the name implies.
11419 \begin_layout Labeling
11420 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11425 This is the Upright font shape.
11426 It's also the default shape.
11429 \begin_layout Labeling
11430 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11444 s the Italic font shape
11450 \begin_layout Labeling
11451 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11458 This is the Slanted font shape
11460 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11463 \begin_layout Labeling
11464 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11468 \begin_inset space ~
11475 This is the Small caps font shape
11482 \begin_layout Labeling
11483 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11488 Alters the size of the font.
11489 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11490 nal to the document font size.
11491 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11492 what you want to do.
11497 \begin_layout Labeling
11498 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11532 \begin_inset space ~
11541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11564 \begin_inset space ~
11573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11583 \begin_layout Labeling
11584 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11618 \begin_inset space ~
11627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11637 \begin_layout Labeling
11638 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11672 \begin_inset space ~
11681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11704 \begin_inset space ~
11713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11723 \begin_layout Labeling
11724 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11758 \begin_inset space ~
11767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11790 \begin_inset space ~
11799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11809 \begin_layout Labeling
11810 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11824 It's also the default size.
11829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11841 \begin_inset space ~
11850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11873 \begin_inset space ~
11882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11892 \begin_layout Labeling
11893 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11927 \begin_inset space ~
11936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11959 \begin_inset space ~
11968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11978 \begin_layout Labeling
11979 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12013 \begin_inset space ~
12022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12045 \begin_inset space ~
12054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12064 \begin_layout Labeling
12065 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12099 \begin_inset space ~
12108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12118 \begin_layout Labeling
12119 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12153 \begin_inset space ~
12162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12185 \begin_inset space ~
12194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12204 \begin_layout Labeling
12205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12239 \begin_inset space ~
12248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12271 \begin_inset space ~
12280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12291 \begin_layout Standard
12296 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12297 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12298 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12299 - use that instead.
12300 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12303 \begin_layout Labeling
12304 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12309 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12314 \begin_layout Labeling
12315 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12322 This is text with emphasize on
12325 This might seem like the same as
12329 , but it is actually a bit different.
12335 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12337 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12340 \begin_layout Labeling
12341 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12348 This is text with Underbar on.
12355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12367 \begin_inset space ~
12376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12386 \begin_inset Newline newline
12391 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12392 when you couldn't change fonts.
12393 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12394 It's only included in LyX because some people
12398 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12401 \begin_layout Labeling
12402 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12409 This is text with Noun on.
12416 , this is a logical attribute.
12417 Normally it's equivalent to
12420 \begin_inset space ~
12429 \begin_layout Labeling
12430 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12435 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12436 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12440 \begin_inset space ~
12445 , which is the default
12446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12453 and means normally black, you can choose between
12489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12498 \begin_layout Labeling
12499 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12504 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12505 the language of the document.
12506 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12510 \begin_layout Standard
12511 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12512 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12514 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12516 \begin_inset space ~
12521 dialog, the settings are saved.
12522 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12523 \begin_inset Graphics
12524 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12529 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12530 when the dialog isn't visible.
12534 \begin_layout Standard
12535 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12538 \begin_inset space ~
12544 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12545 (suppose you just set the shape to
12546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12564 \begin_inset space ~
12576 \begin_layout Standard
12577 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12585 \begin_inset space ~
12597 \begin_layout Itemize
12603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12610 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12628 \begin_inset Newline newline
12635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12660 \begin_inset Note Note
12663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12664 For more on phantoms see section
12665 \begin_inset space ~
12669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12671 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12681 \begin_inset Newline newline
12687 \begin_layout Itemize
12692 fonts use characters with serifs.
12693 These are the small
12694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12701 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12702 The following example will show the difference:
12703 \begin_inset Newline newline
12707 \begin_inset Newline newline
12712 text without serifs
12715 \begin_inset Newline newline
12718 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12719 They are therefore used as default font (named
12726 \begin_layout Itemize
12732 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12733 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12736 \begin_layout Standard
12737 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12738 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12741 \begin_layout Section
12742 Printing and Previewing
12745 \begin_layout Subsection
12749 \begin_layout Standard
12750 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12751 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12752 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12753 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12754 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12757 \begin_inset space ~
12765 \begin_layout Standard
12766 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12767 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12768 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12769 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12770 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12771 This happens in two stages:
12774 \begin_layout Enumerate
12775 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12776 generating a file with the extension,
12777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12791 \begin_layout Enumerate
12792 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12796 file to produce printable output.
12800 \begin_layout Subsection
12801 Output file formats
12805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12812 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12814 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12821 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12827 File formats ! ASCII
12835 \begin_layout Standard
12836 This file type has the extension
12837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12849 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12853 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12860 \begin_layout Standard
12861 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12863 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12864 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12870 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12876 File formats ! LaTeX
12884 \begin_layout Standard
12885 This file type has the extension
12886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12897 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12899 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12900 it manually with console commands.
12901 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12902 you view or export your document.
12905 \begin_layout Standard
12906 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12908 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12909 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12926 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12940 \begin_layout Standard
12941 This file type has the extension
12942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12962 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12963 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12964 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12966 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12970 \begin_layout Standard
12971 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12979 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12980 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12985 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12986 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12987 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12988 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12991 \begin_layout Standard
12992 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12994 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12995 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13001 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13007 File formats ! PostScript
13015 \begin_layout Standard
13016 This file type has the extension
13017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13029 PostScript was developed by the company
13033 as printer language.
13034 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13036 PostScript can be seen as
13037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13040 programming language
13041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13044 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13049 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
13058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13059 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13069 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13072 \begin_layout Standard
13073 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13077 Encapsulated PostScript
13078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13081 (EPS, file extension
13082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13094 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13095 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13096 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
13097 whenever you view or export your document.
13098 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13099 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13100 EPS to avoid this problem.
13103 \begin_layout Standard
13104 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13106 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13107 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13113 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13137 \begin_layout Standard
13138 This file type has the extension
13139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13155 Portable Document Format
13156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13159 (PDF) is developed by
13163 as derivative from PostScript.
13164 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
13166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13173 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13174 looks exactly the same.
13177 \begin_layout Standard
13178 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13182 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13186 (JPG, file extension
13187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13214 Portable Network Graphics
13215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13218 (PNG, file extension
13219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13231 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13232 in the background to one of these formats.
13233 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13234 will slow down your workflow.
13235 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13238 \begin_layout Standard
13239 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13241 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13244 in three different ways:
13247 \begin_layout Description
13248 PDF This uses the program
13252 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13253 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13257 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13258 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13261 \begin_layout Description
13263 \begin_inset space ~
13266 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13270 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13274 \begin_layout Description
13276 \begin_inset space ~
13279 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13283 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13286 \begin_layout Standard
13287 We recommend to use
13290 \begin_inset space ~
13299 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13305 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13308 \begin_layout Subsection
13313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13322 \begin_layout Standard
13323 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13324 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13328 and choose a file type.
13329 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13332 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13335 you can use the toolbar button
13336 \begin_inset Graphics
13337 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13347 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13349 \begin_inset space ~
13355 \begin_inset Graphics
13356 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13362 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13366 \begin_inset Graphics
13367 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13378 \begin_layout Standard
13379 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13380 viewer window using the menu
13382 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13388 \begin_layout Standard
13389 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13391 To have a real output, export your document.
13394 \begin_layout Subsection
13395 Printing the File from within LyX
13396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13398 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13405 \begin_layout Standard
13406 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13407 it directly from within LyX.
13408 To print a file, select the menu
13410 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13413 or click on the toolbar button
13414 \begin_inset Graphics
13415 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13420 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13421 This file is then processed by the program
13425 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13430 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13433 \begin_layout Standard
13434 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13435 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13436 printing one set to print on the other side.
13437 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13438 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13439 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13442 \begin_layout Standard
13443 You can set the parameters in the
13446 \begin_inset space ~
13454 \begin_layout Labeling
13455 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13460 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13465 Note that this printer name is for the program
13474 has to be configured for this printer name.
13475 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13476 \begin_inset space ~
13480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13482 reference "sub:Printer"
13491 The printer should understand PostScript.
13494 \begin_layout Labeling
13495 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13500 The name of a file to print to.
13501 The output will be a PostScript file.
13502 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13506 \begin_layout Section
13507 A few Words about Typography
13511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13520 \begin_layout Subsection
13525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13534 \begin_layout Standard
13536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13547 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13562 \begin_layout Enumerate
13564 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13568 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13586 \begin_layout Enumerate
13588 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13592 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13623 \begin_layout Enumerate
13625 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13629 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13673 \begin_layout Enumerate
13675 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13679 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13683 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13701 \begin_layout Standard
13702 You generate them by inserting the
13703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13714 character multiple times in a row.
13715 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13716 final output, but not in LyX.
13719 \begin_layout Standard
13720 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13721 math mode and has a length of its own.
13722 Here are some examples of the
13723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13737 \begin_layout Enumerate
13738 line- and page-breaks
13739 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13749 \begin_layout Enumerate
13751 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13761 \begin_layout Enumerate
13762 Oh --- there's a dash.
13763 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13773 \begin_layout Enumerate
13774 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13778 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13788 \begin_layout Subsection
13793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13800 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13802 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13809 \begin_layout Standard
13810 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13811 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13820 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13825 following the rules of the document language
13829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13830 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13838 \begin_inset space ~
13842 \begin_inset space ~
13849 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13860 \begin_layout Standard
13861 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13866 and with unusual constructs, like
13867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13875 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13876 This is done with the menu
13878 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13879 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13881 \begin_inset space ~
13887 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13888 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13891 \begin_layout Standard
13892 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13893 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13894 a hyphen and a space in the form
13895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13903 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13911 as hyphenation possibility.
13912 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13913 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13914 of the LaTeX-box-command
13920 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13921 As LyX doesn't support
13927 , we have to use TeX Code.
13928 The result looks in LyX like:
13931 \begin_layout Standard
13932 \begin_inset Graphics
13933 filename clipart/mbox.png
13940 \begin_layout Standard
13941 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13942 \begin_inset space ~
13946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13948 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13955 \begin_layout Subsection
13960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13969 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13970 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13971 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13973 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13980 \begin_layout Standard
13981 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13982 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13983 LaTeX then adds the
13984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13987 appropriate amount of space
13988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13992 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13994 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13997 \begin_layout Standard
13998 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
14001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14012 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14013 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14016 \begin_layout Standard
14017 Here are some examples of
14021 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14024 \begin_layout Itemize
14029 \begin_layout Itemize
14034 \begin_layout Standard
14035 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14038 \begin_layout Itemize
14041 this is too much space!
14044 \begin_layout Itemize
14049 \begin_layout Standard
14050 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14053 \begin_layout Standard
14054 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14057 \begin_layout Enumerate
14061 \begin_inset space ~
14066 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14067 \begin_inset space ~
14071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14073 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14082 Spaces ! inter-word
14090 \begin_layout Enumerate
14094 \begin_inset space ~
14099 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14100 \begin_inset space ~
14104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14106 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14123 \begin_layout Enumerate
14127 \begin_inset space ~
14131 \begin_inset space ~
14135 \begin_inset space ~
14142 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14144 \begin_inset space ~
14149 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14150 This function is also bound to
14157 \begin_layout Standard
14158 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14161 \begin_layout Itemize
14163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14167 \begin_inset space \space{}
14170 this is too much space!
14173 \begin_layout Itemize
14174 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14178 \begin_layout Standard
14179 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14180 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14181 LaTeX will care about this.
14184 \begin_layout Standard
14185 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14189 \begin_inset space ~
14194 feature described in section
14205 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14211 Typography ! Quotes
14220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14251 \begin_layout Standard
14252 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14253 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14254 and use a closing quote at the end.
14256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14264 The keyboard character,
14268 , generates this automatically.
14271 \begin_layout Standard
14272 You can change the behavior of the
14276 key using the submenu
14282 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14290 Document ! Settings
14298 \begin_layout Standard
14299 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14304 There are six choices:
14307 \begin_layout Labeling
14308 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14320 Use quotes like this
14321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14329 \begin_inset Quotes els
14333 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14339 \begin_layout Labeling
14340 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14343 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14347 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14353 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14357 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14361 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14367 \begin_layout Labeling
14368 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14371 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14375 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14381 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14385 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14389 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14393 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14399 \begin_layout Labeling
14400 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14403 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14407 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14413 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14417 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14421 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14425 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14431 \begin_layout Labeling
14432 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14435 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14439 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14445 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14449 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14453 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14457 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14463 \begin_layout Labeling
14464 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14467 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14471 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14477 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14481 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14485 \begin_inset Quotes als
14489 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14495 \begin_layout Standard
14496 These settings affects what character the
14503 \begin_layout Subsection
14508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14509 Typography ! Ligatures
14518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14547 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14549 name "sub:Ligatures"
14556 \begin_layout Standard
14557 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14558 print them as single characters.
14559 These groups are known as
14564 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14566 Here are the standard ligatures:
14569 \begin_layout Itemize
14573 \begin_layout Itemize
14577 \begin_layout Itemize
14581 \begin_layout Itemize
14585 \begin_layout Itemize
14589 \begin_layout Standard
14590 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14593 \begin_layout Standard
14594 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14595 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14603 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14619 To break a ligature, use
14621 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14622 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14624 \begin_inset space ~
14631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14642 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14659 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14667 \begin_layout Subsection
14672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14679 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14681 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14688 \begin_layout Standard
14689 You have surely noticed, that the word
14690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14697 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14698 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14699 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14719 \begin_inset Note Note
14722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14723 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14731 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14732 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14737 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14741 \begin_layout Description
14742 LyX The name of the game, write
14743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14764 \begin_layout Description
14765 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14787 \begin_layout Description
14788 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14810 \begin_layout Description
14811 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14833 \begin_layout Standard
14834 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14839 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14847 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14848 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14849 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14852 : The actual version is
14853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14860 , the previous one was
14861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14871 \begin_layout Standard
14872 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14873 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14875 This will look in LyX like:
14876 \begin_inset Graphics
14877 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14883 \begin_inset Newline newline
14886 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14887 \begin_inset space ~
14891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14893 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14900 \begin_layout Subsection
14905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14914 \begin_layout Standard
14915 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14916 space between two words.
14917 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14927 for units use the menu
14929 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14930 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14932 \begin_inset space ~
14944 \begin_layout Standard
14945 Here's an example to show the differences:
14948 \begin_layout Standard
14949 \begin_inset Tabular
14950 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14952 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14953 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14960 \begin_inset space ~
14964 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14976 space between number and unit
14983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14988 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14992 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15004 half space between number and unit
15017 \begin_layout Subsection
15022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15023 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15031 \begin_layout Standard
15032 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15034 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15035 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15036 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15037 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15038 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15039 These bits of text became known as
15050 \begin_layout Standard
15051 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15052 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15053 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15054 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15055 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15056 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15057 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15060 \begin_layout Standard
15061 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15062 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15063 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15064 \begin_inset space ~
15068 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15070 key "latexcompanion"
15075 \begin_inset space ~
15079 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15085 ] may have more information.
15086 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15089 \begin_layout Chapter
15090 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15091 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15093 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15100 \begin_layout Standard
15101 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15106 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15109 \begin_layout Section
15114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15121 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15130 \begin_layout Standard
15131 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15134 \begin_layout Description
15136 \begin_inset space ~
15139 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15140 \begin_inset Newline newline
15144 \begin_inset Note Note
15147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15148 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15156 \begin_layout Description
15157 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15158 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15160 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15161 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15162 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15165 \begin_inset Newline newline
15169 \begin_inset Note Comment
15172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15173 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15181 \begin_layout Description
15183 \begin_inset space ~
15186 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15187 \begin_inset Newline newline
15191 \begin_inset Newline newline
15195 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15204 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15205 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15206 How this can be done is explained in the
15215 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15221 \begin_inset Newline newline
15225 \begin_inset Newline newline
15228 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15229 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15232 \begin_layout Standard
15233 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15234 \begin_inset Graphics
15235 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15237 scaleBeforeRotation
15243 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15247 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15250 \begin_layout Section
15255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15262 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15264 name "sec:Footnotes"
15271 \begin_layout Standard
15272 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15278 or the toolbar button
15279 \begin_inset Graphics
15280 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15293 \begin_inset Graphics
15294 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15303 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15332 label, the box will
15336 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15337 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15350 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15366 \begin_layout Standard
15367 Here's an example footnote:
15375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15376 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15384 \begin_layout Standard
15385 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15386 position where the footnote box is placed.
15387 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15388 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15389 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15390 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15391 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15396 ey are described in the
15403 \begin_layout Section
15408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15415 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15417 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15424 \begin_layout Standard
15425 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15426 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15428 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15430 \begin_inset space ~
15435 or the toolbar button
15436 \begin_inset Graphics
15437 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15464 appearing within your text.
15465 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15474 \begin_layout Standard
15475 At the side is an example marginal note.
15479 \begin_inset Marginal
15482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15483 This is a marginal note.
15491 \begin_layout Standard
15492 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15493 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15494 pages, right on odd pages.
15497 \begin_layout Section
15498 Graphics and Images
15502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15521 name "sec:Graphics"
15528 \begin_layout Standard
15529 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15530 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15531 \begin_inset Graphics
15532 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15538 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15542 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15545 \begin_layout Standard
15546 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15551 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15552 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15554 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15555 \begin_inset space ~
15559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15561 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15568 \begin_layout Standard
15573 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15574 of the image in the output.
15575 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15579 \begin_inset space ~
15583 \begin_inset space ~
15592 \begin_inset space ~
15596 \begin_inset space ~
15600 \begin_inset space ~
15605 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15606 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15614 \begin_layout Standard
15617 LaTeX and LyX options
15619 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15620 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15624 \begin_inset space ~
15629 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15630 with the image size is printed.
15634 \begin_inset space ~
15638 \begin_inset space ~
15642 \begin_inset space ~
15647 is explained in the
15658 \begin_layout Standard
15659 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15660 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15662 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15666 \begin_layout Standard
15668 \begin_inset Graphics
15669 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15671 rotateOrigin center
15678 \begin_layout Standard
15679 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15680 the image into a float, see section
15681 \begin_inset space ~
15685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15687 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15694 \begin_layout Subsection
15699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15706 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15708 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15715 \begin_layout Standard
15716 You can insert images in any known file format.
15717 But as we explained in section
15718 \begin_inset space ~
15722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15724 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15728 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15729 LyX uses therefore the program
15733 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15734 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15735 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15736 \begin_inset space ~
15740 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15742 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15749 \begin_layout Standard
15750 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15753 \begin_layout Description
15755 \begin_inset space ~
15758 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15759 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15760 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15764 Graphics Interchange Format
15765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15768 (GIF, file extension
15769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15816 Portable Network Graphics
15817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15820 (PNG, file extension
15821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15868 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15872 (JPG, file extension
15873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15931 \begin_layout Description
15933 \begin_inset space ~
15936 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15938 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15939 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15940 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15941 \begin_inset Newline newline
15944 Scalable image formats can be
15945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15948 Scalable Vector Graphics
15949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15952 (SVG, file extension
15953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16000 Encapsulated PostScript
16001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16004 (EPS, file extension
16005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16052 Portable Document Format
16053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16056 (PDF, file extension
16057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16079 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16080 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16081 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16087 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16095 \begin_layout Standard
16096 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16100 \begin_layout Subsection
16101 Grouping of Image Settings
16105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16106 Images ! Settings grouping
16114 \begin_layout Standard
16115 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16117 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16118 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16120 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16121 need to manually change each of them.
16125 \begin_layout Standard
16126 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16129 \begin_inset space ~
16133 \begin_inset space ~
16138 field in the Graphics dialog.
16139 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16140 by checking the name of the desired group.
16143 \begin_layout Section
16148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16155 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16164 \begin_layout Standard
16165 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16166 \begin_inset Graphics
16167 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16174 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16178 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16179 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16180 from the rest of the table.
16181 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16182 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16184 Here's an example table:
16187 \begin_layout Standard
16189 \begin_inset Tabular
16190 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16192 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16193 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16194 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16195 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16395 \begin_layout Subsection
16399 \begin_layout Standard
16400 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16401 brings up the table dialog.
16402 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16403 where the cursor is placed currently.
16404 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16405 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16406 done on all of your selection.
16409 \begin_layout Standard
16410 Additionally to the table dialog the
16413 \begin_inset space ~
16418 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16420 It is for example currently only possible to add
16421 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16425 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16428 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16431 \begin_layout Standard
16435 \begin_inset space ~
16440 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16441 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16442 current cell respectively.
16443 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16445 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16446 of text, see section
16447 \begin_inset space ~
16451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16453 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16460 \begin_layout Standard
16461 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16467 This will merge the cells to
16471 cell, spread over more than one column.
16472 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16473 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16474 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16475 in the last row without the upper border:
16478 \begin_layout Standard
16480 \begin_inset Tabular
16481 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16482 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16483 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16484 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16485 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16486 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16497 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16506 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16582 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16617 \begin_layout Standard
16618 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16619 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16620 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16621 explained in the tables section of the
16624 \begin_inset space ~
16630 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16631 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16634 degrees counterclockwise.
16635 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16638 \begin_layout Standard
16639 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16647 Most DVI-viewers are
16651 able to display rotations.
16659 \begin_layout Standard
16664 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16669 adds lines for all cell borders.
16672 \begin_layout Subsection
16677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16678 Tables ! Longtables
16687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16696 \begin_layout Standard
16697 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16700 \begin_inset space ~
16704 \begin_inset space ~
16713 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16714 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16717 \begin_layout Description
16722 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16723 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16724 except for the first page, if
16727 \begin_inset space ~
16735 \begin_layout Description
16739 \begin_inset space ~
16744 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16745 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16748 \begin_layout Description
16753 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16754 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16755 except for the last page, if
16758 \begin_inset space ~
16766 \begin_layout Description
16770 \begin_inset space ~
16775 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16776 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16779 \begin_layout Description
16780 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16781 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16783 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16787 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16790 \begin_inset space ~
16798 \begin_layout Standard
16799 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16800 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16801 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16802 The others will then be defined as
16807 In this context, first means first in this order:
16810 \begin_inset space ~
16822 \begin_inset space ~
16828 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16831 \begin_layout Standard
16833 \begin_inset Tabular
16834 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16835 <features islongtable="true">
16836 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16837 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16838 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16839 <row endfirsthead="true">
16840 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16846 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16851 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16860 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16870 <row endfirsthead="true">
16871 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16882 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16891 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16903 <row endhead="true">
16904 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16915 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16924 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16934 <row endhead="true">
16935 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16946 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16955 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16967 <row endfoot="true">
16968 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16979 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16988 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17019 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17960 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17969 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17978 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17989 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18020 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18051 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18082 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18113 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18144 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18206 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18237 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18268 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18299 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18330 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18361 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18423 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18454 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18485 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18516 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18547 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18578 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18609 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18640 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18671 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18702 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18733 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18764 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18795 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18826 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18857 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18888 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18919 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18949 <row endlastfoot="true">
18950 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18961 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18970 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18987 \begin_layout Subsection
18992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18999 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19001 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19008 \begin_layout Standard
19009 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19010 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19011 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19012 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19016 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19017 for the cell's paragraph.
19020 \begin_layout Standard
19021 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19022 for the column in the table dialog.
19023 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19024 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19028 \begin_layout Standard
19030 \begin_inset Tabular
19031 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19033 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19034 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19035 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19055 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19124 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19180 This is longer now.
19185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19236 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19237 This is longer now.
19242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19268 \begin_layout Standard
19269 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19270 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19275 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19276 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19282 Selection with the mouse or with
19286 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19287 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19288 the selection from outside the table.
19291 \begin_layout Section
19296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19303 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19312 \begin_layout Standard
19313 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19314 have a fixed location.
19316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19323 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19331 \begin_inset space ~
19336 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19337 too much notes at the page.
19340 \begin_layout Standard
19341 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19342 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19343 and pages without text.
19344 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19345 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19346 Floats are therefore numbered.
19347 Referencing is described in section
19348 \begin_inset space ~
19352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19354 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19361 \begin_layout Standard
19362 To insert a float, use the menu
19364 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19368 A box with a caption that has e.
19369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19373 \begin_inset space ~
19377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19381 \begin_inset space ~
19385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19388 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19389 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19391 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19401 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19402 paragraph within the float.
19403 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19404 by left-clicking on the box label.
19405 A closed float box looks like this:
19406 \begin_inset Graphics
19407 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19412 -- a gray button with a red label.
19415 \begin_layout Standard
19416 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19417 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19420 \begin_layout Subsection
19424 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19430 Floats ! Figure floats
19436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19438 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19445 \begin_layout Standard
19448 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19449 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19452 inserts a float with the label
19453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19459 \begin_inset space ~
19465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19469 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19470 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19471 This is what we did for Figure
19472 \begin_inset space ~
19476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19478 reference "cap:Platypus"
19483 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19484 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19485 This was done in Figure
19486 \begin_inset space ~
19490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19492 reference "cap:Escher"
19499 \begin_layout Standard
19500 \begin_inset Float figure
19505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19507 \begin_inset Graphics
19508 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19510 rotateOrigin center
19517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19518 \begin_inset Caption
19520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19523 name "cap:Platypus"
19527 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19540 \begin_layout Standard
19541 \begin_inset Float figure
19546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19547 \begin_inset Caption
19549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19550 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19567 \begin_inset Graphics
19568 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19570 rotateOrigin center
19582 \begin_layout Standard
19583 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19585 As described in section
19586 \begin_inset space ~
19590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19592 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19596 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19598 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19601 and refer to it using the menu
19603 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19607 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19616 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19628 \begin_layout Standard
19629 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19630 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19631 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19632 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19634 \begin_inset space ~
19638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19640 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19644 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19645 You can also set the images one below the other.
19647 \begin_inset space ~
19651 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19653 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19660 reference "fig:Platypus"
19664 are the subfigures.
19667 \begin_layout Standard
19668 \begin_inset Float figure
19673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19674 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19678 \begin_inset Float figure
19683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19684 \begin_inset Caption
19686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19687 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19689 name "fig:Undefinable"
19701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19702 \begin_inset Graphics
19703 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19714 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19718 \begin_inset Float figure
19723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19724 \begin_inset Caption
19726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19727 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19729 name "fig:Platypus"
19741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19742 \begin_inset Graphics
19743 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19755 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19762 \begin_inset Caption
19764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19765 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19767 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19771 Two distorted images.
19784 \begin_layout Standard
19785 Note that the caption is added to the
19788 \begin_inset space ~
19792 \begin_inset space ~
19797 as described in section
19798 \begin_inset space ~
19802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19804 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19811 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19817 Floats ! Table floats
19825 \begin_layout Standard
19826 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19828 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19829 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19833 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19836 \begin_inset space ~
19840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19842 reference "cap:Table-float"
19846 is an example of a table float.
19849 \begin_layout Standard
19850 \begin_inset Float table
19855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19856 \begin_inset Caption
19858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19861 name "cap:Table-float"
19873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19875 \begin_inset Tabular
19876 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19878 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19879 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19880 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20007 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20028 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20030 c & d\end{array}\right]$
20038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20051 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20072 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20078 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20086 \begin_layout Standard
20087 This float type is inserted with the menu
20089 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20090 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20094 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20095 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20099 , described in section
20100 \begin_inset space ~
20104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20106 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20113 \begin_layout Standard
20114 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20122 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20128 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20131 \begin_layout Standard
20136 floatname{algorithm}{your
20137 \begin_inset space ~
20143 \begin_layout Standard
20144 to the document preamble (menu
20146 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20153 \begin_inset space ~
20159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20173 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20179 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20187 \begin_layout Standard
20188 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20196 \begin_inset Graphics
20197 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20199 rotateOrigin center
20206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20207 \begin_inset Caption
20209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20210 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20212 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20216 This is a wrapped figure.
20217 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20230 This float type is used if you want to
20231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20238 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20240 It can be inserted using the menu
20242 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20243 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20245 \begin_inset space ~
20250 if the LaTeX-package
20258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20259 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20269 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20272 \begin_inset space ~
20282 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20285 \begin_inset space ~
20289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20291 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20295 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20304 Available units are explained in Appendix
20305 \begin_inset space ~
20309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20311 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20320 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20324 \begin_layout Standard
20325 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20333 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20334 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20335 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20336 over some other text.
20344 \begin_layout Itemize
20345 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20346 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20347 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20348 breaks will appear.
20351 \begin_layout Itemize
20352 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20353 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20356 \begin_layout Itemize
20357 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20358 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20361 \begin_layout Itemize
20362 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20365 \begin_layout Subsection
20367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20369 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20386 \begin_layout Standard
20387 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20388 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20392 \begin_inset space ~
20400 \begin_layout Standard
20401 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20402 have a multi-column document).
20403 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20406 \begin_inset space ~
20412 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20413 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20420 \begin_layout Standard
20421 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20422 format is also the same: Table
20423 \begin_inset space ~
20427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20429 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20433 is an example of a rotated table float.
20436 \begin_layout Standard
20437 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20445 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20453 \begin_layout Standard
20454 \begin_inset Float table
20459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20460 \begin_inset Caption
20462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20463 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20465 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20479 \begin_inset Tabular
20480 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20482 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20483 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20484 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20485 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20486 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20546 \begin_layout Subsection
20548 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20550 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20567 \begin_layout Standard
20568 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20569 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20570 \begin_inset Newline newline
20576 \begin_inset space ~
20581 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20582 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20584 \begin_inset Newline newline
20590 \begin_inset space ~
20595 is used to rotate floats, see section
20596 \begin_inset space ~
20600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20602 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20609 \begin_layout Standard
20610 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20611 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20614 \begin_inset space ~
20618 \begin_inset space ~
20626 \begin_layout Description
20628 \begin_inset space ~
20632 \begin_inset space ~
20635 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20638 \begin_layout Description
20640 \begin_inset space ~
20644 \begin_inset space ~
20647 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20650 \begin_layout Description
20652 \begin_inset space ~
20656 \begin_inset space ~
20659 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20662 \begin_layout Description
20664 \begin_inset space ~
20668 \begin_inset space ~
20671 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20674 \begin_layout Standard
20675 The order of the above option is
20680 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20684 \begin_inset space ~
20688 \begin_inset space ~
20696 \begin_inset space ~
20700 \begin_inset space ~
20705 , and then the others.
20706 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20708 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20709 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20712 \begin_layout Standard
20713 By default, each options has its own rules:
20716 \begin_layout Standard
20720 \begin_inset space ~
20724 \begin_inset space ~
20729 only floats occupying less than 70
20730 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20733 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20736 \begin_layout Standard
20740 \begin_inset space ~
20744 \begin_inset space ~
20749 : only floats occupying less than 30
20750 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20753 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20756 \begin_layout Standard
20760 \begin_inset space ~
20764 \begin_inset space ~
20769 : only if more than 50
20770 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20773 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20777 \begin_layout Standard
20778 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20782 \begin_inset space ~
20786 \begin_inset space ~
20794 \begin_layout Standard
20795 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20796 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20797 For this case you can use the option
20800 \begin_inset space ~
20806 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20808 Because the float is then no longer able to
20809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20816 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20819 \begin_layout Standard
20820 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20821 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20824 \begin_layout Standard
20825 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20827 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20829 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20836 \begin_layout Section
20841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20848 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20850 name "sec:Minipages"
20857 \begin_layout Standard
20858 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20860 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20861 \begin_inset space ~
20868 \begin_layout Standard
20869 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20871 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20875 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20876 and its alignment within the page.
20879 \begin_layout Standard
20881 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20890 height_special "totalheight"
20893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20896 This is a minipage.
20897 The text is set in an italic style.
20900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20903 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20904 another formatting.
20912 \begin_layout Standard
20913 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20916 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20920 as described in section
20921 \begin_inset space ~
20925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20927 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20932 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20938 \begin_layout Standard
20939 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20948 height_special "totalheight"
20951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20952 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20953 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20959 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20963 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20972 height_special "totalheight"
20975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20976 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20977 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20985 \begin_layout Standard
20986 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20992 \begin_layout Standard
20993 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20994 to other box types.
20995 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21006 \begin_layout Chapter
21007 Mathematical Formulas
21011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21050 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21052 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21059 \begin_layout Standard
21060 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21065 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21068 \begin_layout Section
21073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21082 \begin_layout Standard
21083 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21084 \begin_inset Graphics
21085 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21090 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21092 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21093 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21094 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21096 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21102 \begin_layout Standard
21103 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21107 \begin_inset space ~
21112 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21115 \begin_layout Standard
21116 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21117 line, like this one:
21120 \begin_layout Standard
21121 This is a line with an inline formula
21122 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21128 \begin_layout Standard
21129 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
21131 \begin_inset Formula \[
21136 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21139 \begin_layout Standard
21140 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21156 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21157 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21161 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21164 \begin_inset space ~
21172 \begin_layout Subsection
21173 Navigating in Formulas
21177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21186 \begin_layout Standard
21187 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21188 achieved with the arrow keys.
21189 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21190 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21195 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21196 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21200 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21204 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21206 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21214 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21219 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21220 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21223 \begin_layout Standard
21228 , printed in this document as
21229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21250 \begin_inset Note Note
21253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21254 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21255 space character (visible space).
21260 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21261 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21262 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21267 For example, if you want
21268 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21322 , since in the latter case only the
21325 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21330 will be under the square root sign:
21331 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21337 \begin_layout Standard
21338 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21340 \begin_inset Formula \[
21341 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21344 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21348 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21349 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21352 \begin_layout Subsection
21356 \begin_layout Standard
21357 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21358 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21362 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21363 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21364 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21365 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21366 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21369 \begin_layout Subsection
21370 Exponents and Subscripts
21374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21393 \begin_layout Standard
21394 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21395 way is to use a command.
21397 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21400 , type in a formula
21406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21422 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21428 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21432 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21453 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21462 , you have to use an extra
21466 to separate the hat and the character.
21469 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21490 Subscripts are similar: To get
21491 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21514 \begin_layout Subsection
21519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21528 \begin_layout Standard
21529 Create a fraction with either the command
21536 \begin_inset Graphics
21537 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21545 \begin_inset space ~
21551 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21552 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21553 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21558 To move back up, press
21563 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21564 \begin_inset Formula \[
21565 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21567 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21574 \begin_layout Subsection
21579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21588 \begin_layout Standard
21589 Roots can be created using the
21592 \begin_inset space ~
21598 \begin_inset Graphics
21599 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21622 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21628 produces always a square root.
21631 \begin_layout Subsection
21632 Operators with Limits
21636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21653 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21655 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21662 \begin_layout Standard
21664 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21668 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21671 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21672 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21673 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21674 The sum operator will automatically place its
21675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21682 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21685 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21689 \begin_inset Formula \[
21690 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21694 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21698 \begin_layout Standard
21699 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21701 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21702 behind the operator and hitting
21708 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21709 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21711 \begin_inset space ~
21715 \begin_inset space ~
21723 \begin_layout Standard
21724 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21732 feature as addition, such as
21736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21743 \begin_inset Formula \[
21744 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21748 which will place the
21749 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21761 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21762 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21768 \begin_layout Standard
21769 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21776 Have a look at section
21777 \begin_inset space ~
21781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21783 reference "sub:Functions"
21787 for an explanation of function macros.
21790 \begin_layout Subsection
21795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21804 \begin_layout Standard
21805 Most math symbols can be found in the
21808 \begin_inset space ~
21813 under one of several categories; including
21830 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21834 \begin_layout Standard
21835 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21836 you don't have to use the
21839 \begin_inset space ~
21844 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21845 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21848 \begin_layout Subsection
21853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21862 \begin_layout Standard
21863 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21872 \begin_inset space ~
21878 \begin_inset Graphics
21879 filename ../images/math/space.png
21884 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21885 Here a example for the sequence
21890 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21894 \begin_inset Graphics
21895 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21900 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21901 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21902 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21903 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21908 \begin_layout Standard
21918 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21924 \begin_layout Standard
21934 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21940 \begin_layout Subsection
21945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21952 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21954 name "sub:Functions"
21961 \begin_layout Standard
21965 \begin_inset space ~
21970 contains under the button
21971 \begin_inset Graphics
21972 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21976 a number of functions, such as
21977 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21981 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21989 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21996 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21997 avoid confusions, because
21998 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22002 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
22008 \begin_layout Standard
22009 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22011 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22015 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22021 \begin_layout Standard
22022 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
22023 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
22024 \begin_inset space ~
22028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22030 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22037 \begin_layout Subsection
22042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22051 \begin_layout Standard
22052 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22054 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22055 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
22057 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22060 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22061 Our example is entered by typing
22069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22082 \begin_inset space ~
22086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22088 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22092 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22095 \begin_layout Standard
22096 \begin_inset Float table
22101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22102 \begin_inset Caption
22104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22105 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22107 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22111 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22121 \begin_inset Tabular
22122 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22124 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22125 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22126 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22210 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22264 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22318 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22372 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22426 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22480 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22534 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22588 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22642 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22687 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22708 \begin_layout Standard
22709 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22712 \begin_inset space ~
22718 \begin_inset Graphics
22719 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22723 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22727 \begin_layout Section
22728 Brackets and Delimiters
22732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22749 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22751 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22758 \begin_layout Standard
22759 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22760 For most purposes, using just the keys
22765 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22766 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22769 \begin_inset space ~
22775 \begin_inset Graphics
22776 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22781 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22783 \begin_inset Formula \[
22784 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22786 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22790 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22791 \begin_inset Formula \[
22792 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22799 \begin_layout Standard
22800 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22801 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22804 \begin_layout Standard
22805 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22806 left side and right side.
22807 If you use the option
22810 \begin_inset space ~
22815 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22816 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22817 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22818 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22821 \begin_layout Standard
22822 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22823 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22824 inside the brackets.
22825 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22830 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22833 \begin_layout Standard
22834 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22845 \begin_layout Section
22850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22859 \begin_layout Standard
22860 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22861 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22872 \begin_layout Standard
22873 \begin_inset Formula \[
22874 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22881 \begin_layout Standard
22882 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22897 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22898 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22899 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22902 \begin_layout Section
22903 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22928 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22936 \begin_layout Standard
22937 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22940 \begin_inset space ~
22946 \begin_inset Graphics
22947 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22952 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22953 Here is an example:
22954 \begin_inset Formula \[
22955 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22958 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22962 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22963 \begin_inset space ~
22967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22969 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22974 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22975 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22976 This alignment is set in the box
22981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23029 for every column as default.
23030 For example, the sequence
23031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23042 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23043 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23044 corresponds to the relevant column.
23045 The result will look like this:
23046 \begin_inset Formula \[
23048 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23049 column & has & has\, right\\
23050 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
23057 \begin_layout Standard
23058 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23062 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23063 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23065 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23071 \begin_layout Standard
23072 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23073 It can be created with the menu
23075 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23076 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23078 \begin_inset space ~
23091 \begin_inset Formula \[
23095 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
23102 \begin_layout Standard
23103 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23106 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23114 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23123 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23131 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23132 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23133 A new row is created by every further hit of
23141 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23142 Here is an example:
23143 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23144 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23145 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
23149 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23150 where you want to start the shift and hit
23155 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23156 position to the next column.
23157 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23158 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23159 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23160 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23167 \begin_layout Standard
23168 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23175 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23176 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23179 reference "eq:asquared"
23184 The other types are described in section
23185 \begin_inset space ~
23189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23191 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23198 \begin_layout Section
23199 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23204 Math ! Formula numbering
23213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23214 Math ! Referencing formulas
23220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23222 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23229 \begin_layout Standard
23230 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23232 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23233 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23235 \begin_inset space ~
23243 \begin_inset space ~
23249 The formula number appears in LyX as
23250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23257 within parentheses.
23259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23266 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23268 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23269 the document class.
23270 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23271 separated by a dot:
23272 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23273 1+1=2\end{equation}
23280 \begin_inset space ~
23285 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23286 You can only number displayed formulas.
23289 \begin_layout Standard
23290 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23292 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23293 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23295 \begin_inset space ~
23299 \begin_inset space ~
23303 \begin_inset space ~
23311 \begin_inset space ~
23316 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23317 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23319 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23320 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23324 To number all lines use the shortcut
23327 \begin_inset space ~
23335 \begin_layout Standard
23336 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23339 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23340 A label is inserted with the menu
23342 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23345 when the cursor is in the formula.
23346 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23347 It is recommended to use the proposed
23348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23359 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23360 type when you have many labels in your document.
23361 We inserted in the following example the label
23362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23369 in the second line:
23370 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23371 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23372 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23376 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23377 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23387 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23389 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23391 \begin_inset space ~
23397 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23398 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23399 as the formula number:
23402 \begin_layout Standard
23403 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23406 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23413 \begin_layout Standard
23414 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23415 \begin_inset space ~
23419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23421 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23426 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23429 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23432 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23437 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23445 \begin_layout Section
23446 User defined math macros
23450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23457 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23459 name "sec:math-macros"
23466 \begin_layout Standard
23467 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23468 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23469 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23471 \begin_inset Newline newline
23474 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23475 \begin_inset Formula \[
23476 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23480 The general form of its solution is:
23481 \begin_inset Formula \[
23482 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23489 \begin_layout Standard
23490 The macro should print the parameters
23491 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23495 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23499 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23502 like in the equation above.
23505 \begin_layout Standard
23506 A macro is created by executing the command
23509 \begin_layout Standard
23516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23539 \begin_inset space ~
23543 \begin_inset space ~
23549 \begin_layout Standard
23550 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23551 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23552 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23553 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23557 \begin_layout Standard
23558 We have three arguments and name the macro
23559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23566 , so that the command is:
23569 \begin_layout Standard
23576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23601 \begin_layout Standard
23602 This results in the following macro definition box:
23603 \begin_inset Graphics
23604 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23609 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23610 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23611 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23615 \begin_inset Note Note
23618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23619 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23620 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23628 \begin_layout Standard
23629 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23630 the math panel or commands.
23631 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23632 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23643 for the first argument.
23644 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23645 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23646 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23647 in LyX with its full size.
23648 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23649 In our example we insert the sequence
23650 \begin_inset Newline newline
23678 \begin_inset Newline newline
23683 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23686 \begin_layout Standard
23687 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23702 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23705 \begin_layout Standard
23707 \begin_inset Graphics
23708 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23715 \begin_layout Standard
23716 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23717 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23718 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23719 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23720 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23723 \begin_layout Standard
23724 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23725 to the new definition.
23726 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23727 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23731 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23735 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23739 \begin_inset Formula \[
23747 \begin_layout Standard
23748 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23752 \begin_layout Standard
23766 \begin_inset Newline newline
23773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23799 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23802 \begin_layout Standard
23803 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23804 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23805 definition box in your document.
23806 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23808 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23810 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23815 \begin_layout Section
23819 \begin_layout Subsection
23824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23833 \begin_layout Standard
23834 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23835 To set a font in a formula, use the
23838 \begin_inset space ~
23844 \begin_inset Graphics
23845 filename ../images/math/font.png
23849 , or enter its command, listed in table
23850 \begin_inset space ~
23854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23856 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23863 \begin_layout Standard
23864 \begin_inset Float table
23869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23870 \begin_inset Caption
23872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23875 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23879 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23889 \begin_inset Tabular
23890 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23892 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23893 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23925 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23952 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23979 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24012 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24039 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24066 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24100 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24127 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24161 \begin_layout Standard
24162 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24170 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24186 \begin_layout Standard
24187 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24188 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24193 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24194 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24195 Here an example where a
24196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24207 denotes the set of numbers:
24208 \begin_inset Formula \[
24209 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24216 \begin_layout Standard
24217 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24228 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24232 \begin_inset Newline newline
24235 So better don't use this feature.
24238 \begin_layout Standard
24239 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24240 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24244 \begin_inset Newline newline
24247 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24253 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24254 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24260 \begin_layout Standard
24267 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24270 \begin_layout Standard
24271 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24273 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24274 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24276 \begin_inset space ~
24284 \begin_layout Subsection
24289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24298 \begin_layout Standard
24299 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24301 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24305 \begin_inset space ~
24309 \begin_inset space ~
24317 \begin_inset space ~
24323 \begin_inset Graphics
24324 filename ../images/math/font.png
24328 (alternatively the shortcut
24331 \begin_inset space ~
24337 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24338 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24339 Here is an example:
24340 \begin_inset Formula \[
24342 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24343 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24350 \begin_layout Subsection
24355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24364 \begin_layout Standard
24365 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24366 automatically chosen in most situations.
24384 For most characters,
24392 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24393 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24398 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24399 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24400 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24401 \begin_inset Graphics
24402 filename ../images/math/style.png
24407 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24408 For example, you can set
24409 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24412 , which is normally in
24421 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24425 The four styles are used in the following example:
24428 \begin_layout Standard
24429 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24433 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24437 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24441 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24447 \begin_layout Standard
24448 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24449 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24451 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24453 \begin_inset space ~
24458 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24459 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24460 will be adjusted to correspond.
24461 As example a formula in the font size
24462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24472 \begin_layout Standard
24476 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24482 \begin_layout Section
24486 \begin_layout Standard
24487 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24488 the document classes and into layout modules.
24492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24498 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24499 other than the AMS classes.
24501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24503 reference "sub:Modules"
24507 for more on layout modules.
24510 \begin_layout Section
24515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24534 \begin_layout Standard
24535 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24536 (AMS) that are in common use.
24539 \begin_layout Subsection
24540 Enabling AMS-Support
24543 \begin_layout Standard
24544 Selecting the checkbox
24547 \begin_inset space ~
24551 \begin_inset space ~
24555 \begin_inset space ~
24562 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24570 Document ! Settings
24578 \begin_inset space ~
24583 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24585 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24586 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24589 \begin_layout Subsection
24591 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24593 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24602 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24610 \begin_layout Standard
24611 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24612 LyX allows you to choose between
24633 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24636 \begin_layout Chapter
24640 \begin_layout Section
24645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24654 name "sec:Cross-References"
24661 \begin_layout Standard
24662 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24663 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24665 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24666 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24667 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24670 \begin_layout Enumerate
24674 \begin_layout Enumerate
24675 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24677 name "enu:Second-item"
24684 \begin_layout Enumerate
24688 \begin_layout Standard
24689 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24691 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24694 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24695 \begin_inset Graphics
24696 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24702 A grey label box like this:
24703 \begin_inset Graphics
24704 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24709 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24710 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24745 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24746 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24761 \begin_layout Standard
24762 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24764 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24767 or the toolbar button
24768 \begin_inset Graphics
24769 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24775 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24776 \begin_inset Graphics
24777 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24782 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24784 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24797 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24799 Here is our cross-reference:
24802 \begin_layout Standard
24804 \begin_inset space ~
24808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24810 reference "enu:Second-item"
24817 \begin_layout Standard
24818 It is recommended to use a protected space
24822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24823 described in section
24824 \begin_inset space ~
24828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24830 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24839 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24843 \begin_layout Standard
24844 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24847 \begin_layout Description
24848 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24851 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24858 \begin_layout Description
24859 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24860 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24872 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24879 \begin_layout Description
24880 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24881 \begin_inset space ~
24885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24886 LatexCommand pageref
24887 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24894 \begin_layout Description
24896 \begin_inset space ~
24900 \begin_inset space ~
24903 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24905 LatexCommand vpageref
24906 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24913 \begin_layout Description
24915 \begin_inset space ~
24919 \begin_inset space ~
24923 \begin_inset space ~
24926 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24930 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24937 \begin_layout Description
24939 \begin_inset space ~
24942 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24943 \begin_inset Newline newline
24947 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24955 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24964 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24977 \begin_layout Standard
24978 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24979 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24981 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24985 \begin_inset space ~
24989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25003 \begin_layout Standard
25004 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
25005 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25006 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25010 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25014 \begin_layout Standard
25015 You can only use the style
25019 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25023 is always possible.
25026 \begin_layout Standard
25027 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
25028 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
25029 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
25030 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25031 \begin_inset space ~
25035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25037 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25044 \begin_layout Standard
25048 \begin_inset space ~
25052 \begin_inset space ~
25057 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
25058 The button text changes then to
25061 \begin_inset space ~
25066 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25067 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
25068 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
25072 \begin_layout Standard
25073 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
25074 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
25075 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
25078 \begin_layout Standard
25079 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
25080 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25083 \begin_layout Standard
25084 References are described in detail in the
25091 \begin_layout Section
25092 Table of Contents and other Listings
25096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25113 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25122 \begin_layout Subsection
25124 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25126 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25133 \begin_layout Standard
25134 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25136 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25137 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25139 \begin_inset space ~
25143 \begin_inset space ~
25149 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25150 If you click on it, the
25154 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25155 sections in your documents.
25156 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25158 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25161 that is described in sec.
25162 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25168 reference "sec:Navigating"
25175 \begin_layout Standard
25176 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25177 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25179 \begin_inset space ~
25183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25185 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25189 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25191 \begin_inset space ~
25195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25197 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25201 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25203 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25206 \begin_layout Subsection
25207 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25208 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25210 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25217 \begin_layout Standard
25218 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25219 You can insert them via the
25221 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25223 \begin_inset space ~
25227 \begin_inset space ~
25233 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25236 \begin_layout Section
25237 URLs and Hyperlinks
25241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25260 \begin_layout Subsection
25262 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25271 \begin_layout Standard
25272 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25280 \begin_layout Standard
25281 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25282 \begin_inset Flex URL
25285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25295 \begin_layout Standard
25296 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25302 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25306 \begin_layout Standard
25307 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25315 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25323 \begin_layout Subsection
25325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25327 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25334 \begin_layout Standard
25335 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25337 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25340 or with the toolbar button
25341 \begin_inset Graphics
25342 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25343 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25348 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25357 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25358 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25359 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25361 name "LyX's homepage"
25362 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25366 , an Email address like this:
25367 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25369 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25370 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25375 , or a link to a file.
25378 \begin_layout Standard
25379 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25392 to the link target.
25395 \begin_layout Standard
25396 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25397 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25398 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25399 the text style dialog.
25400 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25404 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25406 name "LyX's homepage"
25407 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25414 \begin_layout Standard
25415 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25419 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25421 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25422 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25426 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25428 \begin_inset Newline newline
25436 \begin_inset Newline newline
25443 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25446 \begin_layout Section
25451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25458 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25460 name "sec:Appendices"
25467 \begin_layout Standard
25468 Appendices are created with the menu
25470 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25472 \begin_inset space ~
25476 \begin_inset space ~
25482 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25483 as appendix region.
25484 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25487 \begin_layout Standard
25488 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25489 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25490 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25491 and the subsection number.
25492 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25496 \begin_layout Standard
25498 \begin_inset space ~
25502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25504 reference "cha:Credits"
25509 \begin_inset space ~
25513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25515 reference "sub:Export"
25522 \begin_layout Section
25527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25536 name "sec:Bibliography"
25543 \begin_layout Standard
25544 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25545 You can include a bibliography database,
25549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25550 Known under the name
25551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25563 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25564 manually, using the paragraph environment
25568 , which was described in section
25569 \begin_inset space ~
25573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25575 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25580 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25581 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25585 use a bibliography database.
25588 \begin_layout Subsection
25589 The Bibliography Environment
25592 \begin_layout Standard
25597 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25599 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25608 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25610 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25619 , a short form of its title, as key.
25622 \begin_layout Standard
25623 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25625 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25628 or the toolbar button
25629 \begin_inset Graphics
25630 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25631 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25636 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25637 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25638 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25639 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25643 \begin_layout Standard
25644 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25645 with surrounding brackets.
25650 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25651 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25663 \begin_layout Standard
25666 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25669 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25671 key "latexcompanion"
25678 \begin_layout Standard
25679 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25680 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25689 \begin_layout Subsection
25690 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25695 Bibliography ! Databases
25704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25705 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25711 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25713 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25720 \begin_layout Standard
25721 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25727 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25729 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25730 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25735 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25737 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25738 your working field in a database.
25739 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25740 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25742 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25746 \begin_layout Standard
25747 The database is a text file with the file extension
25748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25759 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25760 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25761 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25763 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25768 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25769 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25770 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25771 \begin_inset Flex URL
25774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25776 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25784 \begin_layout Standard
25785 To use a database, use the menu
25787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25792 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25805 \begin_inset space ~
25811 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25812 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25815 Add bibliography to TOC
25817 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25822 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25825 \begin_layout Standard
25826 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25838 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25839 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25840 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25842 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25848 For informations how this is done, have a look at
25849 \begin_inset Newline newline
25853 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25855 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25867 \begin_layout Standard
25868 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25871 \begin_layout Standard
25872 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25873 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25876 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25904 \begin_inset space ~
25910 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25916 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25925 \begin_layout Standard
25926 When you select the option
25928 Sectioned bibliography
25932 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25935 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25936 This and more specials are explained in detail in section
25938 Customizing Bibliographies
25951 \begin_layout Standard
25952 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25953 the two methods of creating them.
25954 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25955 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25956 We used the style file
25960 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25963 \begin_layout Subsection
25964 Bibliography layout
25968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25969 Bibliography ! Layout
25977 \begin_layout Standard
25978 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25979 For this feature you need to enable the option
25985 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25993 Document ! Settings
26003 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26004 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26005 in the previous section.
26008 \begin_layout Standard
26009 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26010 in the citation reference window.
26011 Here an example where we set the text
26012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26016 \begin_inset space ~
26020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26023 to appear after the reference:
26026 \begin_layout Standard
26028 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26031 key "latexcompanion"
26038 \begin_layout Section
26043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26050 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26059 \begin_layout Standard
26060 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26062 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26064 \begin_inset space ~
26069 or the toolbar button
26070 \begin_inset Graphics
26071 filename ../images/index-insert.png
26072 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26089 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26090 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26091 by LyX as index entry.
26094 \begin_layout Standard
26095 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26096 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26098 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26100 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26107 \begin_layout Standard
26108 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
26111 \begin_layout Standard
26112 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
26114 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26116 \begin_inset space ~
26120 \begin_inset space ~
26123 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26125 \begin_inset space ~
26131 A light blue box labeled
26132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26143 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26144 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26147 \begin_layout Subsection
26148 Grouping Index Entries
26152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26161 \begin_layout Standard
26162 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26164 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26165 lists under the entry
26166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26174 First we create the entry
26175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26183 \begin_inset space ~
26187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26189 reference "sub:Lists"
26194 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26195 \begin_inset space ~
26199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26201 reference "sec:Itemize"
26205 , we insert the command
26208 \begin_layout Standard
26214 \begin_layout Standard
26218 \begin_layout Standard
26224 \begin_layout Standard
26225 for the enumerated list in section
26226 \begin_inset space ~
26230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26232 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26239 \begin_layout Standard
26240 The exclamation mark
26241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26248 marks the grouping levels.
26249 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26250 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26251 If we don't have an index entry for
26252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26259 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26262 \begin_layout Subsection
26267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26268 Index ! Page ranges
26276 \begin_layout Standard
26277 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26279 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26280 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26282 \begin_inset space ~
26286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26288 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26295 \begin_layout Standard
26298 Paragraph environments|(
26301 \begin_layout Standard
26302 and another entry at the end of section
26303 \begin_inset space ~
26307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26309 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26316 \begin_layout Standard
26319 Paragraph environments|)
26322 \begin_layout Standard
26324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26347 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26348 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26349 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26350 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26351 An example is the index entry
26352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26355 Document ! Settings
26356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26362 \begin_layout Subsection
26367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26368 Index ! Cross referencing
26376 \begin_layout Standard
26377 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26378 We referred for example in the index entry
26379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26387 \begin_inset space ~
26391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26393 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26397 ) to the index entry
26398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26405 in the same section using the entry
26408 \begin_layout Standard
26411 GIF|see{Image formats}
26414 \begin_layout Standard
26415 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26416 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26417 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26420 \begin_layout Subsection
26425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26426 Index ! Entry order
26434 \begin_layout Standard
26435 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26436 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26437 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26442 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26444 \begin_inset space ~
26448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26450 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26459 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26460 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26489 Dummy entries ! maïs
26498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26499 Dummy entries ! maître
26508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26509 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26514 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26515 order maïs, maison, maître.
26516 To achieve this, we use the command
26519 \begin_layout Standard
26522 previous entry@current entry
26525 \begin_layout Standard
26526 In our case we want to have
26527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26542 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26545 \begin_layout Standard
26551 \begin_layout Standard
26552 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26553 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26557 \begin_layout Subsection
26562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26563 Index ! Entry layout
26571 \begin_layout Standard
26572 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26579 This is an italic dummy entry
26584 You can also format the page number using the character
26585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26592 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26593 We can write for example
26596 \begin_layout Standard
26599 italic page number:|textit
26602 \begin_layout Standard
26603 to get the page number in italic.
26607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26608 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26613 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26631 \begin_inset space ~
26637 Have a look at section
26638 \begin_inset space ~
26642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26644 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26648 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26651 \begin_layout Standard
26652 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26660 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26664 to generate the index, see section
26665 \begin_inset space ~
26669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26671 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26680 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26681 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26683 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26686 key "latexcompanion"
26698 \begin_layout Standard
26699 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26701 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26702 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26703 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26704 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26705 If so, put the following in preamble
26708 \begin_layout Standard
26720 \begin_layout Standard
26724 \begin_layout Standard
26730 \begin_layout Standard
26731 into the index entry.
26735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26736 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26741 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26742 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26743 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26746 \begin_layout Standard
26747 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26749 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26753 \begin_inset space ~
26756 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26757 for all index entries.
26758 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26770 documentation for details,
26771 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26773 key "makeindex,xindy"
26780 \begin_layout Subsection
26785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26792 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26794 name "sub:Index-Program"
26801 \begin_layout Standard
26802 When the index entry program
26806 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26807 generation, otherwise the program
26811 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26812 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26813 dialog, see section
26814 \begin_inset space ~
26818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26820 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26825 The available options are listed and explained in
26826 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26828 key "makeindex,xindy"
26833 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26836 \begin_layout Standard
26841 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26842 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26844 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26846 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26847 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26855 \begin_layout Section
26856 Nomenclature / Glossary
26860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26899 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26901 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26908 \begin_layout Standard
26909 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26910 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26914 \begin_layout Standard
26915 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26924 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26930 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26931 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26937 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26940 \begin_layout Standard
26941 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26942 and then use the menu
26944 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26950 \begin_inset space ~
26955 or the toolbar button
26956 \begin_inset Graphics
26957 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26958 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26975 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26978 \begin_layout Standard
26979 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26980 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26981 The second is the description of the symbol.
26984 \begin_layout Standard
26985 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26993 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27001 \begin_layout Subsection
27002 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27007 Nomenclature ! Layout
27015 \begin_layout Standard
27016 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27020 field as LaTeX-formula.
27022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27026 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27034 \begin_inset Newline newline
27042 \begin_inset Newline newline
27048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27055 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
27056 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27068 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27078 \begin_layout Standard
27079 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27080 \begin_inset space ~
27084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27086 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27093 \begin_layout Standard
27097 \begin_inset space ~
27102 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27103 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27108 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27115 in this document is:
27116 \begin_inset Newline newline
27121 dummy entry for the character
27126 \begin_inset Newline newline
27138 \begin_inset space ~
27148 font use the command
27177 \begin_layout Subsection
27178 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27183 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27191 \begin_layout Standard
27192 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27193 the symbol definition.
27194 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27195 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27198 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27199 LatexCommand nomenclature
27201 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27208 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27212 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27213 LatexCommand nomenclature
27216 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27221 They will be sorted by
27222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27248 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27251 will be sorted before the
27255 since the character
27256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27263 is considered in sorting.
27266 \begin_layout Standard
27267 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27270 \begin_inset space ~
27275 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27276 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27278 For the given example, you can insert
27282 to this field for the
27283 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27290 will be located before
27291 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27297 \begin_layout Standard
27298 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27303 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27312 \begin_layout Subsection
27313 Nomenclature Options
27317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27318 Nomenclature ! Options
27326 \begin_layout Standard
27331 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27332 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27335 \begin_layout Description
27336 refeq Appends the phrase
27337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27352 to every nomenclature entry, where
27358 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27361 \begin_layout Description
27362 refpage Appends the phrase
27363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27378 to every nomenclature entry, where
27384 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27387 \begin_layout Description
27388 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27391 \begin_layout Standard
27392 There are furthermore the options
27436 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27440 \begin_layout Standard
27441 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27442 class options list in the
27444 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27448 In this document the options
27459 \begin_layout Standard
27460 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27466 \begin_layout Standard
27467 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27468 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27473 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27476 \begin_layout Description
27486 \begin_layout Description
27489 nomrefpage Like the
27496 \begin_layout Description
27499 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27508 \begin_layout Description
27512 \begin_inset space ~
27518 \begin_inset space ~
27523 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27526 \begin_layout Subsection
27527 Printing the Nomenclature
27531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27532 Nomenclature ! Printing
27540 \begin_layout Standard
27541 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27543 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27545 \begin_inset space ~
27549 \begin_inset space ~
27552 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27556 A light blue box labeled
27557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27568 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27569 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27572 \begin_layout Standard
27573 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27582 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27590 For example, in order to change the name to
27594 , add the following line to the preamble:
27597 \begin_layout Standard
27605 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27608 \begin_layout Standard
27609 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27615 \begin_layout Standard
27616 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27617 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27620 \begin_layout Standard
27628 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27631 \begin_layout Standard
27634 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27635 \begin_inset space ~
27639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27641 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27646 The default value is 1
27647 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27653 \begin_layout Section
27658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27669 Document ! Branches
27675 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27677 name "sec:Branches"
27684 \begin_layout Standard
27685 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27686 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27687 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27688 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27691 \begin_layout Standard
27692 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27693 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27694 To create a branch, go in the
27696 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27704 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27705 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27708 \begin_layout Standard
27709 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27710 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27712 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27715 where you can choose a branch.
27716 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27719 \begin_layout Standard
27720 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27721 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27724 \begin_layout Standard
27725 \begin_inset Branch Question
27728 \begin_layout Standard
27729 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27737 \begin_layout Standard
27738 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27741 \begin_layout Standard
27742 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27750 \begin_layout Standard
27751 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27757 \begin_layout Standard
27758 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27759 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27761 For example you can define for the question branch
27765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27766 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27767 \begin_inset space ~
27771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27773 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27785 \begin_layout Standard
27795 \begin_layout Standard
27805 \begin_layout Standard
27806 and for the answer branch
27809 \begin_layout Standard
27819 \begin_layout Standard
27829 \begin_layout Standard
27830 \begin_inset Branch Question
27833 \begin_layout Standard
27837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27865 \begin_layout Standard
27866 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27869 \begin_layout Standard
27873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27901 \begin_layout Standard
27902 Now it is possible to use the commands
27906 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27913 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27916 to obtain conditional output.
27917 Here is an example formula where only the
27924 \begin_inset Formula \[
27925 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27932 \begin_layout Standard
27933 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27934 \begin_inset space ~
27938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27940 reference "sec:math-macros"
27947 \begin_layout Section
27949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27951 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27968 \begin_layout Standard
27973 dialog provides under
27977 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27978 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27987 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27995 \begin_layout Standard
28000 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28001 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28002 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28004 You can specify in the dialog tab
28008 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28010 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28011 entries, showing where in the document the entry is referenced.
28014 \begin_layout Standard
28019 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28020 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28021 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28023 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28024 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28026 \begin_inset space ~
28029 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28030 \begin_inset space ~
28033 1 will only display the sections.
28036 \begin_layout Standard
28037 The header informations in the dialog tab
28041 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28042 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
28043 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28047 \begin_inset space ~
28050 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
28051 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28054 Automatic fill header
28056 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
28057 title and author settings.
28060 \begin_layout Standard
28063 Load in fullscreen mode
28065 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28068 \begin_layout Standard
28069 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28070 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28076 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
28077 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28086 \begin_layout Section
28087 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28090 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28097 \begin_layout Subsection
28102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28109 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28111 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28118 \begin_layout Standard
28119 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28120 constructs, but not all.
28121 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28122 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
28123 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28124 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28125 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28129 \begin_layout Standard
28130 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28132 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
28134 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28136 \begin_inset space ~
28141 or by the toolbar button
28142 \begin_inset Graphics
28143 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28148 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28152 \begin_layout Standard
28153 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28154 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28155 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
28162 , you can write the command part
28168 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28172 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28173 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28174 the following example:
28177 \begin_layout Standard
28178 \begin_inset Graphics
28179 filename clipart/ERT.png
28187 \begin_layout Standard
28191 \begin_layout Standard
28192 This is a line with a
28196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28219 \begin_layout Standard
28220 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28228 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28229 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28237 \begin_layout Subsection
28238 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28239 \begin_inset OptArg
28242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28261 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28268 \begin_layout Standard
28269 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28270 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28271 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28280 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28281 every time if you know the right commands.
28283 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
28284 the end of the day.
28285 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28286 all caption labels bold.
28287 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28289 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
28292 \begin_layout Standard
28293 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28294 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
28295 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28297 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28306 \begin_layout Standard
28307 As result you know that the package
28315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28316 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28322 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28324 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28330 \begin_layout Standard
28335 usepackage[options]{package name}
28338 \begin_layout Standard
28339 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28340 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28341 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28344 \begin_layout Standard
28345 In your case the package name is
28350 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28355 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28356 So you add the command
28359 \begin_layout Standard
28364 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28367 \begin_layout Standard
28368 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28373 For more commands provided by the
28377 package, have a look at its documentation,
28378 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28392 \begin_layout Standard
28393 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28395 For example if you use a
28399 class, you don't need the package
28403 , you can instead write
28406 \begin_layout Standard
28411 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28416 \begin_layout Standard
28417 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28418 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28419 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28426 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28429 \begin_layout Standard
28430 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28431 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28433 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28434 the previous section.
28437 \begin_layout Standard
28438 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28440 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28442 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28450 \begin_layout Section
28451 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28454 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28481 \begin_layout Standard
28482 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28483 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28484 to break your train of thought with
28486 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28492 \begin_layout Standard
28493 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28494 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28503 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28508 as explained below, and turn on
28511 \begin_inset space ~
28518 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28524 \begin_inset space ~
28528 \begin_inset space ~
28531 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28537 \begin_layout Standard
28538 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28540 Previews of an already loaded document are
28544 generated just by selecting the
28547 \begin_inset space ~
28552 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28555 \begin_layout Standard
28556 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28557 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28560 \begin_inset space ~
28565 check box in the insert dialog.
28566 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28570 \begin_layout Standard
28571 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28575 (on some systems named simply
28580 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28582 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28588 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28589 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28597 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28601 \begin_layout Standard
28602 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28608 \begin_layout Standard
28609 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28613 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28615 \begin_inset space ~
28620 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28621 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28623 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28624 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28625 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28626 the source view window.
28629 \begin_layout Section
28631 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28633 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28650 \begin_layout Standard
28651 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28652 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28669 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28675 can be seen as successor of
28679 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28684 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28685 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28693 \begin_layout Standard
28694 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28695 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28702 \begin_layout Standard
28705 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28708 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28709 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28710 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28711 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28712 scrolled so that it is visible.
28717 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28719 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28723 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28724 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28727 \begin_layout Standard
28728 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28731 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28735 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28736 will bring an error message.
28737 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28738 specifying a different
28740 Alternative language
28742 in preferences dialog.
28745 \begin_layout Standard
28746 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28749 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28753 \begin_layout Standard
28754 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28755 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28757 But you can use the
28760 \begin_inset space ~
28764 \begin_inset space ~
28772 \begin_layout Standard
28773 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28774 This does work with
28778 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28781 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28785 \begin_layout Standard
28790 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28793 \begin_layout Description
28795 \begin_inset space ~
28798 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28799 should consider, e.g.
28800 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28801 This should not normally be needed.
28804 \begin_layout Description
28806 \begin_inset space ~
28809 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28810 as your personal dictionary
28813 \begin_layout Description
28815 \begin_inset space ~
28819 \begin_inset space ~
28822 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28834 \begin_layout Description
28836 \begin_inset space ~
28840 \begin_inset space ~
28843 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28845 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28852 also for the spellchecker.
28856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28857 The encodings are explained in section
28858 \begin_inset space ~
28862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28864 reference "sub:Settings"
28873 Only enable this if you use
28877 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28878 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28879 so this is disabled by default.
28882 \begin_layout Section
28887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28894 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28896 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28903 \begin_layout Standard
28904 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28907 \begin_layout Standard
28908 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28911 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28914 or the toolbar button
28915 \begin_inset Graphics
28916 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28917 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28918 rotateOrigin center
28923 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28927 \begin_layout Standard
28928 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28929 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28930 cases to find related words.
28933 \begin_layout Standard
28934 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28936 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28944 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28953 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28972 \begin_layout Section
28977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28988 Document ! Change Tracking
28994 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28996 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29003 \begin_layout Standard
29004 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
29005 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
29006 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
29007 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29009 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29011 \begin_inset space ~
29014 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29016 \begin_inset space ~
29024 \begin_layout Standard
29025 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
29034 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29037 \begin_inset space ~
29041 \begin_inset space ~
29054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29063 \begin_layout Standard
29064 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29077 \begin_layout Standard
29078 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29084 \begin_layout Standard
29085 \begin_inset Graphics
29086 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29093 \begin_layout Standard
29094 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29100 \begin_layout Standard
29101 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29105 \begin_layout Standard
29106 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29112 \begin_layout Standard
29113 \begin_inset Tabular
29114 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29115 <features islongtable="true">
29116 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29117 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29118 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29123 \begin_inset Graphics
29124 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29125 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29126 rotateOrigin center
29135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29141 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29143 \begin_inset space ~
29146 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29148 \begin_inset space ~
29157 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29162 \begin_inset Graphics
29163 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29164 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29165 rotateOrigin center
29174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29180 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29182 \begin_inset space ~
29185 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29187 \begin_inset space ~
29191 \begin_inset space ~
29195 \begin_inset space ~
29204 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29209 \begin_inset Graphics
29210 filename ../images/change-next.png
29211 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29212 rotateOrigin center
29221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29225 Jumps to the next change
29231 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29236 \begin_inset Graphics
29237 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29238 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29239 rotateOrigin center
29248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29254 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29256 \begin_inset space ~
29259 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29261 \begin_inset space ~
29270 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29275 \begin_inset Graphics
29276 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29277 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29278 rotateOrigin center
29287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29293 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29295 \begin_inset space ~
29298 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29300 \begin_inset space ~
29309 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29314 \begin_inset Graphics
29315 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29316 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29317 rotateOrigin center
29326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29332 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29334 \begin_inset space ~
29337 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29339 \begin_inset space ~
29348 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29353 \begin_inset Graphics
29354 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29355 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29356 rotateOrigin center
29365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29371 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29373 \begin_inset space ~
29376 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29378 \begin_inset space ~
29382 \begin_inset space ~
29391 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29396 \begin_inset Graphics
29397 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29398 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29399 rotateOrigin center
29408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29414 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29416 \begin_inset space ~
29419 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29421 \begin_inset space ~
29425 \begin_inset space ~
29434 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29439 \begin_inset Graphics
29440 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29441 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29442 rotateOrigin center
29451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29457 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29458 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29460 \begin_inset space ~
29469 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29474 \begin_inset Graphics
29475 filename ../images/note-next.png
29476 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29477 rotateOrigin center
29486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29492 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29494 \begin_inset space ~
29510 \begin_layout Standard
29511 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29517 \begin_layout Standard
29518 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29519 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29520 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29521 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29522 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29523 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29524 step to the next change.
29525 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29528 \begin_layout Standard
29529 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29530 to describe a change.
29533 \begin_layout Standard
29534 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29543 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29549 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29550 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29556 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29559 \begin_layout Section
29560 International Support
29564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29565 International support
29573 \begin_layout Standard
29574 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29575 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29576 how to set up LyX to use them:
29577 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29579 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29586 \begin_layout Standard
29587 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29588 \begin_inset space ~
29592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29594 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29601 \begin_layout Subsection
29606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29617 Document ! Settings
29626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29627 Document ! Language
29635 \begin_layout Standard
29638 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29641 dialog lets you set
29643 the language and character encoding for your language.
29647 \begin_layout Standard
29648 Choose your language in the
29652 section of this dialog.
29660 \begin_layout Standard
29665 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29669 use language's default encoding
29671 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29672 For details about the different encoding options see section
29673 \begin_inset space ~
29677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29679 reference "sub:Settings"
29686 \begin_layout Subsection
29687 Keyboard mapping configuration
29688 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29690 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29697 \begin_layout Standard
29698 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29699 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29700 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29701 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29702 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29704 \begin_inset space ~
29708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29710 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29715 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29716 which one you want to use.
29719 \begin_layout Standard
29720 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29721 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29722 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29723 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29724 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29725 one to support the characters you want.
29726 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29733 \begin_layout Subsection
29737 \begin_layout Standard
29739 \begin_inset space ~
29743 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29745 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29754 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29758 \begin_layout Standard
29759 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29760 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29768 \begin_layout Itemize
29769 Even if you have selected
29775 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29778 dialog, users who have only the
29782 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29786 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29787 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29788 french quotes won't show up.
29791 \begin_layout Standard
29792 \begin_inset Float table
29797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29798 \begin_inset Caption
29800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29801 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29803 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29821 \begin_inset Tabular
29822 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29824 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29825 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29826 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29827 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29828 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29829 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29830 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29831 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29832 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29833 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29834 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29835 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29836 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29837 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29838 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29839 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29840 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34253 \begin_layout Standard
34254 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34256 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34257 also the characters from
34269 \begin_layout Itemize
34278 \begin_layout Standard
34279 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34280 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34286 \begin_layout Standard
34287 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34288 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34294 \begin_layout Standard
34295 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34296 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34302 \begin_layout Standard
34303 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34304 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34310 \begin_layout Standard
34312 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34318 \begin_layout Standard
34320 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34326 \begin_layout Standard
34328 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34335 \begin_layout Itemize
34348 \begin_layout Standard
34350 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34356 \begin_layout Standard
34358 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34364 \begin_layout Standard
34366 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34372 \begin_layout Standard
34374 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34380 \begin_layout Standard
34382 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34388 \begin_layout Standard
34390 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34397 \begin_layout Standard
34398 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34399 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34400 Also make sure you're using the
34407 \begin_layout Chapter
34410 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34412 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34419 \begin_layout Standard
34420 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34421 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34422 inside the user's guide.
34425 \begin_layout Section
34430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34439 \begin_layout Standard
34444 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34445 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34448 \begin_layout Subsection
34452 \begin_layout Standard
34453 Creates a new document.
34456 \begin_layout Subsection
34460 \begin_layout Standard
34461 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34462 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34463 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34466 \begin_layout Subsection
34470 \begin_layout Standard
34474 \begin_layout Subsection
34478 \begin_layout Standard
34479 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34480 Click there on a file to open it.
34483 \begin_layout Subsection
34487 \begin_layout Standard
34488 Closes the current document.
34491 \begin_layout Subsection
34495 \begin_layout Standard
34496 Saves the actual document.
34499 \begin_layout Subsection
34503 \begin_layout Standard
34504 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34507 \begin_layout Subsection
34511 \begin_layout Standard
34512 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34515 \begin_layout Subsection
34519 \begin_layout Standard
34520 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34521 It is described in the section
34523 Version Control in LyX
34528 \begin_inset space ~
34536 \begin_layout Subsection
34540 \begin_layout Standard
34541 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34542 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34543 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34546 \begin_layout Standard
34547 When using the menu
34550 \begin_inset space ~
34554 \begin_inset space ~
34559 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34560 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34561 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34562 will start a new paragraph.
34565 \begin_layout Subsection
34567 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34576 \begin_layout Standard
34577 You can export your document to various file formats.
34578 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34579 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34580 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34583 \begin_layout Standard
34584 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34586 \begin_inset space ~
34590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34592 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34599 \begin_layout Description
34603 \begin_inset space ~
34608 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34609 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34612 \begin_layout Description
34620 \begin_layout Description
34621 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34625 \begin_layout Description
34627 \begin_inset space ~
34631 \begin_inset space ~
34634 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34638 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34646 \begin_layout Description
34653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34661 \begin_inset space ~
34666 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34667 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34671 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34674 \begin_layout Description
34681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34689 \begin_inset space ~
34694 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34695 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34703 \begin_layout Description
34705 \begin_inset space ~
34708 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34716 is replaced by the version number)
34719 \begin_layout Description
34720 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34733 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34737 \begin_layout Description
34742 PDF-format using the program
34747 \begin_layout Description
34751 \begin_inset space ~
34756 PDF-format using the program
34761 \begin_layout Description
34765 \begin_inset space ~
34770 PDF-format using the program
34775 \begin_layout Description
34779 \begin_inset space ~
34787 \begin_layout Description
34791 \begin_inset space ~
34795 \begin_inset space ~
34800 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34801 and then exported as text using the program
34806 \begin_layout Description
34811 PostScript format using the program
34816 \begin_layout Description
34824 \begin_layout Standard
34829 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34830 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34836 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34839 \begin_layout Standard
34840 If one of the menu entries
34847 \begin_inset space ~
34856 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34857 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34858 \begin_inset space ~
34862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34864 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34873 Reconfiguration of LyX
34881 \begin_layout Standard
34886 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34887 the export program.
34890 \begin_layout Subsection
34894 \begin_layout Standard
34895 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34896 or send it to a printer.
34897 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34898 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34904 For more informations have a look at section
34905 \begin_inset space ~
34909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34911 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34918 \begin_layout Subsection
34919 New and Close Window
34922 \begin_layout Standard
34923 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34924 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34927 \begin_layout Section
34932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34941 \begin_layout Subsection
34945 \begin_layout Standard
34946 Described in section
34947 \begin_inset space ~
34951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34953 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34960 \begin_layout Subsection
34961 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34964 \begin_layout Standard
34965 Described in section
34966 \begin_inset space ~
34970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34972 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34979 \begin_layout Subsection
34983 \begin_layout Standard
34984 Selects the whole document.
34987 \begin_layout Subsection
34991 \begin_layout Standard
34992 Described in section
34993 \begin_inset space ~
34997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34999 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35006 \begin_layout Subsection
35007 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35010 \begin_layout Standard
35011 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35015 \begin_layout Subsection
35019 \begin_layout Standard
35020 Described in section
35021 \begin_inset space ~
35025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35027 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35034 \begin_layout Subsection
35039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35040 Paragraph ! Settings
35048 \begin_layout Standard
35049 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
35051 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
35054 \begin_layout Standard
35055 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
35056 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
35059 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35065 \begin_inset space ~
35073 \begin_layout Subsection
35077 \begin_layout Standard
35078 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
35079 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
35080 The properties of tables are described in section
35081 \begin_inset space ~
35085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35087 reference "sec:Tables"
35091 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35092 \begin_inset space ~
35096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35098 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35105 \begin_layout Subsection
35106 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35109 \begin_layout Standard
35110 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
35112 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35113 \begin_inset space ~
35117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35119 reference "sec:Nesting"
35124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35126 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35133 \begin_layout Section
35138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35147 \begin_layout Standard
35152 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35153 document with an external program.
35154 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35155 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35156 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35157 \begin_inset space ~
35161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35163 reference "sub:Export"
35168 You should at least see the menu entries
35175 \begin_inset space ~
35181 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35182 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35183 \begin_inset space ~
35187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35189 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35198 Reconfiguration of LyX
35206 \begin_layout Standard
35207 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35208 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35209 \begin_inset space ~
35213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35215 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35220 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35223 \begin_layout Standard
35224 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35227 At the bottom of the
35231 menu the opened documents are listed.
35234 \begin_layout Subsection
35235 Open/Close all Insets
35238 \begin_layout Standard
35239 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35242 \begin_layout Subsection
35243 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35246 \begin_layout Standard
35247 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35250 \begin_layout Standard
35251 More about math macros will be described in the
35258 \begin_layout Subsection
35262 \begin_layout Standard
35263 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35265 \begin_inset space ~
35269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35271 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35278 \begin_layout Subsection
35282 \begin_layout Standard
35283 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35284 opening a new view window.
35287 \begin_layout Subsection
35291 \begin_layout Standard
35292 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35293 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
35294 the same document, but at different positions.
35295 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
35296 or more documents the same time.
35297 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35304 \begin_layout Subsection
35308 \begin_layout Standard
35309 Closes a split view.
35312 \begin_layout Subsection
35316 \begin_layout Standard
35317 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
35318 that you will see nothing than your text.
35319 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35320 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35321 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
35324 \begin_layout Subsection
35326 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35328 name "sub:Toolbars"
35336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35345 \begin_layout Standard
35346 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35347 All toolbars and the
35350 \begin_inset space ~
35355 can be turned on and off.
35360 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35372 \begin_inset space ~
35381 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35385 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35392 \begin_layout Standard
35397 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35401 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35402 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35403 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35404 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35405 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35408 \begin_layout Standard
35409 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35410 \begin_inset space ~
35414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35416 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35423 \begin_layout Section
35428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35437 \begin_layout Subsection
35441 \begin_layout Standard
35442 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35443 \begin_inset space ~
35447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35449 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35460 \begin_layout Subsection
35462 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35464 name "sub:Special-Character"
35471 \begin_layout Standard
35472 Here you can insert the following characters:
35475 \begin_layout Description
35476 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35477 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35478 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35479 \begin_inset Newline newline
35483 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35491 Not all characters will be visible in the
35495 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35497 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35503 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35507 ) can display every character.
35515 \begin_layout Description
35516 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35520 \begin_layout Description
35522 \begin_inset space ~
35526 \begin_inset space ~
35529 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35530 \begin_inset space ~
35534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35536 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35543 \begin_layout Description
35545 \begin_inset space ~
35548 Quote Inserts this quote:
35549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35552 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35554 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35564 \begin_layout Description
35566 \begin_inset space ~
35569 Quote Inserts this quote:
35570 \begin_inset Quotes els
35576 \begin_layout Description
35578 \begin_inset space ~
35581 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35585 \begin_layout Description
35587 \begin_inset space ~
35590 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35594 \begin_layout Description
35596 \begin_inset space ~
35599 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35603 \begin_layout Description
35605 \begin_inset space ~
35612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35623 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35628 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35629 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35630 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35639 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35645 \begin_inset Newline newline
35648 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35652 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35660 and this Wiki-page:
35661 \begin_inset Newline newline
35665 \begin_inset Flex URL
35668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35670 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35678 \begin_layout Subsection
35682 \begin_layout Standard
35683 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35686 \begin_layout Description
35687 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35688 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35694 \begin_layout Description
35695 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35696 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35702 \begin_layout Description
35704 \begin_inset space ~
35707 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35708 \begin_inset space ~
35712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35714 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35721 \begin_layout Description
35723 \begin_inset space ~
35726 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35727 \begin_inset space ~
35731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35733 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35740 \begin_layout Description
35742 \begin_inset space ~
35745 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35746 \begin_inset space ~
35750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35752 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35759 \begin_layout Description
35761 \begin_inset space ~
35764 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35765 \begin_inset space ~
35769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35771 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35778 \begin_layout Description
35780 \begin_inset space ~
35783 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35784 \begin_inset space ~
35788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35790 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35797 \begin_layout Description
35799 \begin_inset space ~
35802 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35803 \begin_inset space ~
35807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35809 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35816 \begin_layout Description
35818 \begin_inset space ~
35821 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35822 \begin_inset space ~
35826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35828 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35835 \begin_layout Description
35837 \begin_inset space ~
35840 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35841 \begin_inset space ~
35845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35847 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35854 \begin_layout Description
35856 \begin_inset space ~
35860 \begin_inset space ~
35863 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35864 \begin_inset space ~
35868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35870 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35877 \begin_layout Description
35879 \begin_inset space ~
35882 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35883 text line to the page border, see section
35884 \begin_inset space ~
35888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35890 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35897 \begin_layout Description
35899 \begin_inset space ~
35902 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35903 \begin_inset space ~
35907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35909 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35916 \begin_layout Description
35918 \begin_inset space ~
35921 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35922 text page to the page border, described in section
35923 \begin_inset space ~
35927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35929 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35936 \begin_layout Description
35938 \begin_inset space ~
35941 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35942 \begin_inset space ~
35946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35948 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35955 \begin_layout Description
35957 \begin_inset space ~
35961 \begin_inset space ~
35964 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35965 \begin_inset space ~
35969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35971 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35978 \begin_layout Subsection
35982 \begin_layout Standard
35983 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35984 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35986 \begin_inset space ~
35990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35992 reference "sec:toc"
35997 The index list is described in section
35998 \begin_inset space ~
36002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36004 reference "sec:Index"
36008 , the nomenclature in section
36009 \begin_inset space ~
36013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36015 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36019 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36020 \begin_inset space ~
36024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36026 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36033 \begin_layout Subsection
36037 \begin_layout Standard
36038 To insert floats, described in section
36039 \begin_inset space ~
36043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36045 reference "sec:Floats"
36052 \begin_layout Subsection
36056 \begin_layout Standard
36057 To insert notes, described in section
36058 \begin_inset space ~
36062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36064 reference "sec:Notes"
36071 \begin_layout Subsection
36075 \begin_layout Standard
36076 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36077 \begin_inset space ~
36081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36083 reference "sec:Branches"
36090 \begin_layout Subsection
36095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36104 \begin_layout Standard
36105 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
36106 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
36117 \begin_layout Subsection
36122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36131 \begin_layout Standard
36132 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36133 \begin_inset space ~
36137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36139 reference "sec:Minipages"
36144 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
36155 \begin_layout Subsection
36159 \begin_layout Standard
36160 Inserts a citation as described in section
36161 \begin_inset space ~
36165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36167 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36174 \begin_layout Subsection
36178 \begin_layout Standard
36179 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36180 \begin_inset space ~
36184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36186 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36193 \begin_layout Subsection
36197 \begin_layout Standard
36198 Inserts a label as described in section
36199 \begin_inset space ~
36203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36205 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36212 \begin_layout Subsection
36217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36228 Longtables ! Caption
36236 \begin_layout Standard
36237 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
36238 Floats are described in section
36239 \begin_inset space ~
36243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36245 reference "sec:Floats"
36249 , captions in longtables are described in section
36260 \begin_layout Subsection
36264 \begin_layout Standard
36265 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36266 \begin_inset space ~
36270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36272 reference "sec:Index"
36279 \begin_layout Subsection
36283 \begin_layout Standard
36284 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36285 \begin_inset space ~
36289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36291 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36298 \begin_layout Subsection
36302 \begin_layout Standard
36304 Tables are described in section
36305 \begin_inset space ~
36309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36311 reference "sec:Tables"
36318 \begin_layout Subsection
36322 \begin_layout Standard
36324 Graphics are described in section
36325 \begin_inset space ~
36329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36331 reference "sec:Graphics"
36338 \begin_layout Subsection
36342 \begin_layout Standard
36343 Inserts an URL as described in section
36344 \begin_inset space ~
36348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36350 reference "sub:URLs"
36357 \begin_layout Subsection
36361 \begin_layout Standard
36362 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36363 \begin_inset space ~
36367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36369 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36376 \begin_layout Subsection
36380 \begin_layout Standard
36381 Inserts a footnote, see section
36382 \begin_inset space ~
36386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36388 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36395 \begin_layout Subsection
36399 \begin_layout Standard
36400 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36401 \begin_inset space ~
36405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36407 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36414 \begin_layout Subsection
36418 \begin_layout Standard
36419 Inserts a short title, see section
36420 \begin_inset space ~
36424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36426 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36433 \begin_layout Subsection
36437 \begin_layout Standard
36438 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36439 \begin_inset space ~
36443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36445 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36452 \begin_layout Subsection
36457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36466 \begin_layout Standard
36467 Inserts a program listings box.
36468 Program listings are explained in chapter
36470 Program Code Listings
36479 \begin_layout Subsection
36483 \begin_layout Standard
36484 Inserts the actual date.
36485 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36487 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36497 There the different methods are also compared.
36500 \begin_layout Section
36505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36514 \begin_layout Standard
36515 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36516 \begin_inset space ~
36519 of the current document.
36520 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36523 \begin_layout Subsection
36527 \begin_layout Standard
36528 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36529 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36532 \begin_inset space ~
36536 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36537 \begin_inset space ~
36540 2.5 and use the menu
36543 \begin_inset space ~
36547 \begin_inset space ~
36554 \begin_inset space ~
36560 \begin_inset space ~
36564 \begin_inset space ~
36570 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
36582 \begin_layout Standard
36583 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36584 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36587 \begin_layout Subsection
36588 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36591 \begin_layout Standard
36592 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36596 \begin_layout Subsection
36600 \begin_layout Standard
36601 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36602 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36603 on a cross-reference box.
36606 \begin_layout Section
36611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36620 \begin_layout Subsection
36624 \begin_layout Standard
36625 Change Tracking is described in section
36626 \begin_inset space ~
36630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36632 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36639 \begin_layout Subsection
36644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36654 \begin_layout Standard
36655 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36657 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36660 \begin_layout Standard
36661 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36666 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36669 \begin_layout Subsection
36673 \begin_layout Standard
36674 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36675 \begin_inset space ~
36679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36681 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36688 \begin_layout Subsection
36689 Start Appendix Here
36692 \begin_layout Standard
36693 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36694 position as described in section
36695 \begin_inset space ~
36699 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36701 reference "sec:Appendices"
36708 \begin_layout Subsection
36712 \begin_layout Standard
36713 Un/compresses the actual document.
36716 \begin_layout Subsection
36718 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36720 name "sub:Settings"
36728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36729 Document ! Settings
36737 \begin_layout Standard
36738 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36740 You can save your document settings as default with the
36742 Save as Document Defaults
36744 button in the dialog.
36745 This will create a template named
36749 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36753 \begin_layout Standard
36754 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36757 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36761 \begin_layout Standard
36762 Here you set the document class, class options, a Postscript driver, a master
36763 document, and modules.
36764 Document classes are described in section
36765 \begin_inset space ~
36769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36771 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36775 , modules in section
36776 \begin_inset space ~
36780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36782 reference "sub:Modules"
36787 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36792 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36793 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36794 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is
36795 a child or subdocument.
36796 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
36807 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36811 \begin_layout Standard
36812 The document font settings are described in section
36813 \begin_inset space ~
36817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36819 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36826 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36830 \begin_layout Standard
36831 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36833 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36837 \begin_layout Standard
36838 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36839 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36840 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36843 \begin_layout Standard
36844 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36852 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36856 \begin_layout Standard
36857 A description of this menu is given in section
36858 \begin_inset space ~
36862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36864 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36869 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36871 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36878 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36882 \begin_layout Standard
36883 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36884 \begin_inset space ~
36888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36890 reference "sub:Margins"
36897 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36903 Language ! Encoding
36911 \begin_layout Standard
36912 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36913 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36914 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36915 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36916 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36917 known for a particular character).
36921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36922 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36923 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36928 manual for details.
36936 \begin_layout Standard
36937 If you use the option
36939 use language's default encoding
36941 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
36943 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36944 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36945 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36946 exactly one encoding.
36947 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36956 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36957 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36959 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36960 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36974 \begin_layout Standard
36975 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36976 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36977 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36978 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36979 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36980 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
36983 use language's default encoding
36985 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36986 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
36987 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36990 \begin_layout Standard
36991 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36994 \begin_layout Description
36996 \begin_inset space ~
37001 use language's default encoding
37003 , but the LaTeX-package
37011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37012 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
37018 When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
37019 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
37020 languages in TeX code.
37023 \begin_layout Description
37024 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
37027 \begin_layout Description
37028 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
37029 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
37032 \begin_layout Description
37033 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
37036 \begin_layout Description
37037 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
37040 \begin_layout Description
37041 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
37044 \begin_layout Description
37045 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
37048 \begin_layout Description
37049 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
37052 \begin_layout Description
37053 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
37054 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
37057 \begin_layout Description
37058 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
37059 Serbian, and Ukrainian
37062 \begin_layout Description
37063 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
37066 \begin_layout Description
37067 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
37070 \begin_layout Description
37071 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
37074 \begin_layout Description
37075 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
37078 \begin_layout Description
37079 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
37080 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
37081 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
37085 \begin_layout Description
37086 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
37087 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
37090 \begin_layout Description
37091 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
37095 \begin_layout Description
37096 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
37099 \begin_layout Description
37100 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
37101 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
37104 \begin_layout Description
37105 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
37106 the euro currency sign, the
37110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37119 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
37120 be the replacement for latin1
37123 \begin_layout Description
37124 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
37127 \begin_layout Description
37128 utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
37136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37137 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
37143 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
37147 \begin_layout Description
37148 utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
37156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37157 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
37162 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
37165 \begin_layout Description
37166 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
37174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37175 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
37180 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
37183 \begin_layout Description
37184 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
37188 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
37196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37197 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
37198 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37212 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37216 \begin_layout Standard
37217 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
37219 \begin_inset space ~
37223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37225 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
37232 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37236 \begin_layout Standard
37237 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
37245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37246 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
37259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37260 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
37266 For a further description see section
37267 \begin_inset space ~
37271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37273 reference "sec:Bibliography"
37280 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37284 \begin_layout Standard
37285 The PDF properties are explained in section
37286 \begin_inset space ~
37290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37292 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
37299 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37303 \begin_layout Standard
37304 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
37312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37313 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
37326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37327 LaTeX-packages ! esint
37332 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
37335 \begin_layout Standard
37340 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
37341 assure that you have enabled AMS.
37344 \begin_layout Standard
37349 is used for special integral characters.
37352 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37356 \begin_layout Standard
37357 The float placement options are described in section
37358 \begin_inset space ~
37362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37364 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
37371 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37375 \begin_layout Standard
37376 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
37377 The itemize environment is described in section
37378 \begin_inset space ~
37382 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37384 reference "sec:Itemize"
37391 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37395 \begin_layout Standard
37396 Branches are described in section
37397 \begin_inset space ~
37401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37403 reference "sec:Branches"
37410 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37425 \begin_layout Standard
37426 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
37427 to define LaTeX-commands.
37428 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
37429 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
37433 \begin_layout Standard
37434 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
37435 \begin_inset space ~
37439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37441 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
37448 \begin_layout Section
37453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37462 \begin_layout Subsection
37466 \begin_layout Standard
37467 Spell checking is explained in section
37468 \begin_inset space ~
37472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37474 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37481 \begin_layout Subsection
37485 \begin_layout Standard
37486 The thesaurus is described in section
37487 \begin_inset space ~
37491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37493 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37500 \begin_layout Subsection
37505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37524 \begin_layout Standard
37525 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37526 highlighted document part.
37529 \begin_layout Subsection
37534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37543 \begin_layout Standard
37544 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37547 \begin_layout Subsection
37552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37553 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37564 Reconfiguration of LyX
37568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37585 Reconfiguration of LyX
37593 \begin_layout Standard
37594 This menu reconfigures LyX.
37595 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
37596 \begin_inset space ~
37600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37602 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37609 \begin_layout Subsection
37613 \begin_layout Standard
37614 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
37615 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37621 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37628 \begin_layout Section
37633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37642 \begin_layout Standard
37643 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37647 \begin_layout Standard
37651 \begin_inset space ~
37656 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37657 found by LyX (see also section
37658 \begin_inset space ~
37662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37664 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37671 \begin_layout Section
37673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37675 name "sec:Toolbars"
37682 \begin_layout Standard
37683 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37684 \begin_inset space ~
37688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37690 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37697 \begin_layout Standard
37698 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37699 This is described in the
37706 \begin_layout Subsection
37711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37720 \begin_layout Standard
37721 \begin_inset Graphics
37722 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37730 \begin_layout Standard
37731 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37737 \begin_layout Standard
37738 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37755 \begin_inset Note Note
37758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37759 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37764 manual for more information.
37772 \begin_layout Standard
37773 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37779 \begin_layout Standard
37780 \begin_inset Tabular
37781 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37782 <features islongtable="true">
37783 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37784 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37790 \begin_inset Graphics
37791 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37805 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37818 \begin_layout Standard
37819 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37825 \begin_layout Standard
37827 \begin_inset Tabular
37828 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
37829 <features islongtable="true">
37830 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37831 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37832 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37839 \begin_inset Graphics
37840 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37841 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37856 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37863 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37868 \begin_inset Graphics
37869 filename ../images/file-open.png
37870 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37885 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37892 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37897 \begin_inset Graphics
37898 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37899 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37914 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37921 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37926 \begin_inset Graphics
37927 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37928 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37943 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37950 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37955 \begin_inset Graphics
37956 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37957 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37972 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37979 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37984 \begin_inset Graphics
37985 filename ../images/undo.png
37986 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38001 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38008 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38013 \begin_inset Graphics
38014 filename ../images/redo.png
38015 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38030 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38037 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38042 \begin_inset Graphics
38043 filename ../images/cut.png
38044 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38059 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38066 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38071 \begin_inset Graphics
38072 filename ../images/copy.png
38073 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38088 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38095 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38100 \begin_inset Graphics
38101 filename ../images/paste.png
38102 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38117 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38124 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38129 \begin_inset Graphics
38130 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
38131 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38132 rotateOrigin center
38141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38147 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38153 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38162 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38167 \begin_inset Graphics
38168 filename ../images/font-emph.png
38169 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38182 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
38184 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38186 \begin_inset space ~
38197 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38202 \begin_inset Graphics
38203 filename ../images/font-noun.png
38204 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38217 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
38219 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38221 \begin_inset space ~
38232 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38237 \begin_inset Graphics
38238 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
38239 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38252 Formats text using the current settings in the
38254 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38256 \begin_inset space ~
38267 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38272 \begin_inset Graphics
38273 filename ../images/math-mode.png
38274 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38289 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38290 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38292 \begin_inset space ~
38301 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38306 \begin_inset Graphics
38307 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38308 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38309 rotateOrigin center
38318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38324 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38331 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38336 \begin_inset Graphics
38337 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38338 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38339 rotateOrigin center
38348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38354 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38361 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38366 \begin_inset Graphics
38367 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38368 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38369 rotateOrigin center
38378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38382 Toggle outline window on/off,
38384 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38391 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38396 \begin_inset Graphics
38397 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38398 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38399 rotateOrigin center
38408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38412 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38418 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38423 \begin_inset Graphics
38424 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38425 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38426 rotateOrigin center
38435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38439 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38452 \begin_layout Subsection
38457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38466 \begin_layout Standard
38467 \begin_inset Graphics
38468 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38476 \begin_layout Standard
38477 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38483 \begin_layout Standard
38484 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38488 \begin_layout Standard
38489 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38495 \begin_layout Standard
38496 \begin_inset Tabular
38497 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38498 <features islongtable="true">
38499 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38500 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38501 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38506 \begin_inset Graphics
38507 filename ../images/layout.png
38508 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38509 rotateOrigin center
38518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38528 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38533 \begin_inset Graphics
38534 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38535 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38536 rotateOrigin center
38545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38555 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38560 \begin_inset Graphics
38561 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38562 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38563 rotateOrigin center
38572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38582 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38587 \begin_inset Graphics
38588 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38589 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38590 rotateOrigin center
38599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38609 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38614 \begin_inset Graphics
38615 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38616 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38617 rotateOrigin center
38626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38636 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38641 \begin_inset Graphics
38642 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38643 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38644 rotateOrigin center
38653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38659 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38661 \begin_inset space ~
38665 \begin_inset space ~
38674 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38679 \begin_inset Graphics
38680 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38681 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38682 rotateOrigin center
38691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38697 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38699 \begin_inset space ~
38703 \begin_inset space ~
38712 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38717 \begin_inset Graphics
38718 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38719 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38734 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38735 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38742 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38747 \begin_inset Graphics
38748 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38749 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38764 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38765 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38772 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38777 \begin_inset Graphics
38778 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38779 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38794 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38801 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38806 \begin_inset Graphics
38807 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38808 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38823 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38830 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38835 \begin_inset Graphics
38836 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38837 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38852 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38859 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38864 \begin_inset Graphics
38865 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38866 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38881 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38883 \begin_inset space ~
38892 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38897 \begin_inset Graphics
38898 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38899 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38914 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38916 \begin_inset space ~
38925 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38930 \begin_inset Graphics
38931 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38932 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38947 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38954 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38959 \begin_inset Graphics
38960 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38961 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38962 rotateOrigin center
38971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38977 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38979 \begin_inset space ~
38988 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38993 \begin_inset Graphics
38994 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38995 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39011 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39013 \begin_inset space ~
39022 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39027 \begin_inset Graphics
39028 filename ../images/box-insert.png
39029 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39044 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39051 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39056 \begin_inset Graphics
39057 filename ../images/url-insert.png
39058 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39073 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39080 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39085 \begin_inset Graphics
39086 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
39087 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39102 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39124 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39129 \begin_inset Graphics
39130 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
39131 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39146 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39147 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39154 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39159 \begin_inset Graphics
39160 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
39161 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39176 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39177 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39179 \begin_inset space ~
39188 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39193 \begin_inset Graphics
39194 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
39195 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39196 rotateOrigin center
39205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39211 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39213 \begin_inset space ~
39222 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39227 \begin_inset Graphics
39228 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
39229 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39230 rotateOrigin center
39239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39245 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39247 \begin_inset space ~
39256 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39261 \begin_inset Graphics
39262 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39263 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39264 rotateOrigin center
39273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39279 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39293 \begin_layout Subsection
39294 View / Update Toolbar
39298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39299 Toolbar ! View / Update
39307 \begin_layout Standard
39308 \begin_inset Graphics
39309 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39316 \begin_layout Standard
39317 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39323 \begin_layout Standard
39324 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39328 \begin_layout Standard
39329 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39335 \begin_layout Standard
39336 \begin_inset Tabular
39337 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39338 <features islongtable="true">
39339 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39340 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39341 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39346 \begin_inset Graphics
39347 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39348 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39349 rotateOrigin center
39358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39364 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39371 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39376 \begin_inset Graphics
39377 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39378 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39379 rotateOrigin center
39388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39394 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39395 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39402 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39407 \begin_inset Graphics
39408 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39409 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39410 rotateOrigin center
39419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39425 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39432 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39437 \begin_inset Graphics
39438 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39439 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39440 rotateOrigin center
39449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39455 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39456 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39463 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39468 \begin_inset Graphics
39469 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39470 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39471 rotateOrigin center
39480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39486 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39493 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39498 \begin_inset Graphics
39499 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39500 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39501 rotateOrigin center
39510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39516 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39517 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39531 \begin_layout Subsection
39535 \begin_layout Standard
39536 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39537 \begin_inset space ~
39541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39543 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39547 , the table toolbar
39551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39561 manual, the math macro toolbar in the
39568 \begin_layout Chapter
39574 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39576 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39593 \begin_layout Standard
39594 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39596 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39600 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39603 \begin_layout Section
39607 \begin_layout Subsection
39611 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39612 User Interface File
39616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39617 Customization ! of toolbars
39626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39627 Customization ! of menus
39635 \begin_layout Standard
39636 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39644 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
39653 \begin_layout Standard
39654 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39655 interface (ui) file.
39656 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39657 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39666 Both files are loaded by the
39671 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39672 files and edit the entries.
39675 \begin_layout Standard
39676 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39688 entries must be ended with an explicit
39713 and in the case of the
39714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39726 The syntax for the entries is:
39729 \begin_layout Standard
39730 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39758 \begin_layout Standard
39760 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39763 All LyX-functions are listed in
39764 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39773 \begin_layout Standard
39774 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39780 \begin_layout Standard
39781 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39783 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39786 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39790 \begin_layout Standard
39791 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39796 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39799 \begin_layout Standard
39801 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39804 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39807 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39811 \begin_layout Standard
39815 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39819 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39822 restoring of window layout and geometries
39824 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
39825 in the last LyX session.
39828 \begin_layout Standard
39831 Restore cursor positions
39833 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39837 \begin_layout Standard
39840 Load opened files from last session
39842 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39845 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39847 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39849 name "sub:Backup documents"
39857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39866 \begin_layout Standard
39871 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39874 \begin_layout Standard
39879 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39882 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39884 \begin_inset space ~
39892 \begin_layout Subsection
39897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39904 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39906 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39913 \begin_layout Standard
39914 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39917 \begin_layout Standard
39918 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39926 This section only deals with the fonts
39931 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39934 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39935 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39946 \begin_layout Standard
39947 By default, LyX uses
39951 as roman (serif) font,
39959 (depends on the system) as
39962 \begin_inset space ~
39978 \begin_layout Standard
39979 You can change the font size with the
39984 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
39985 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
39988 \begin_layout Standard
39993 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39994 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39996 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39999 points have the size of 1
40000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40004 \begin_inset space ~
40008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40010 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40017 \begin_layout Standard
40022 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40023 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40027 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40028 \begin_inset space ~
40032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40034 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40041 \begin_layout Standard
40044 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40046 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40047 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40048 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40049 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40051 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40052 \begin_inset space ~
40058 \begin_layout Subsection
40063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40082 \begin_layout Standard
40083 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40084 Choose an item in the list and use the
40091 \begin_layout Subsection
40096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40097 Settings ! Graphics
40105 \begin_layout Standard
40106 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40109 \begin_layout Standard
40114 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40115 This feature is described in section
40116 \begin_inset space ~
40120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40122 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40129 \begin_layout Section
40134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40143 \begin_layout Subsection
40147 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40151 \begin_layout Standard
40154 Cursor follows scrollbar
40156 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40160 \begin_layout Standard
40163 Sort environments alphabetically
40165 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40168 \begin_layout Standard
40171 Group environments by their category
40173 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40176 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40180 \begin_layout Standard
40181 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40186 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40187 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40191 \begin_layout Subsection
40196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40207 Settings ! Shortcuts
40215 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40219 \begin_layout Standard
40220 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40221 Several binding files are available:
40224 \begin_layout Description
40225 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40228 \begin_layout Description
40229 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40240 \begin_layout Description
40241 mac.bind set of bindings for
40244 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40252 \begin_layout Standard
40253 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40257 , and bind files for special languages.
40258 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
40260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40268 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40272 \begin_layout Standard
40273 Some bind-files, like
40277 , have only a small scope.
40278 When looking at the the end of the file
40282 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40285 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40287 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40289 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40298 Key Bindings ! Editing
40306 \begin_layout Standard
40307 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40308 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40309 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40312 Show key-bindings containing
40315 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40316 Insert there for example as keyword
40317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40324 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40334 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40335 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40339 that you find in the
40346 \begin_layout Standard
40348 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40352 \begin_inset space ~
40363 , select the function and press the
40368 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40369 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40370 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40373 \begin_layout Standard
40374 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40376 The syntax of the entries is:
40379 \begin_layout Standard
40385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40403 \begin_layout Subsection
40405 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40409 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40415 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40434 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40442 \begin_layout Standard
40443 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40444 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40446 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40450 \begin_inset space ~
40453 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40454 can use the keyboard map file named
40461 \begin_layout Standard
40462 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40470 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40478 \begin_layout Standard
40479 Besides this, you can specify here the
40481 Wheel scrolling speed
40484 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40488 \begin_layout Section
40493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40512 \begin_layout Description
40514 \begin_inset space ~
40517 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40518 It is the default when you
40529 \begin_inset space ~
40537 \begin_layout Description
40539 \begin_inset space ~
40542 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40544 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40546 \begin_inset space ~
40550 \begin_inset space ~
40558 \begin_layout Description
40560 \begin_inset space ~
40567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40573 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40574 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40575 \begin_inset space ~
40579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40581 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40589 will be used to save the backups.
40590 \begin_inset Newline newline
40593 The backup files have the ending
40594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40604 \begin_layout Description
40609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40616 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40617 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40618 \begin_inset Newline newline
40622 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40630 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40638 \begin_layout Description
40640 \begin_inset space ~
40643 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40646 \begin_layout Description
40648 \begin_inset space ~
40651 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40652 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40653 to find it on the system.
40654 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40655 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40657 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40661 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40664 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40665 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40669 \begin_layout Section
40673 \begin_layout Standard
40674 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40675 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40677 \begin_inset space ~
40681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40683 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40687 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40690 \begin_layout Section
40695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40696 Language ! Settings
40705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40706 Settings ! Language
40714 \begin_layout Subsection
40718 \begin_layout Description
40720 \begin_inset space ~
40723 language is the language used in new documents
40726 \begin_layout Description
40728 \begin_inset space ~
40731 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40733 The default is the LaTeX-command
40739 that loads the package
40747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40748 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40749 \begin_inset space ~
40753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40755 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40765 \begin_inset Newline newline
40772 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40773 the document language.
40774 A text label is for instance the word
40775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40782 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40785 \begin_layout Description
40787 \begin_inset space ~
40790 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40791 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40792 An example is the start command
40798 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40803 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40818 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40823 \begin_layout Description
40825 \begin_inset space ~
40833 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40834 command toggles the package on and off.
40837 \begin_layout Description
40839 \begin_inset space ~
40849 \begin_layout Description
40850 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40851 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40852 used by all LaTeX-packages.
40853 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40860 \begin_layout Description
40862 \begin_inset space ~
40865 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
40867 When this option is not set, the
40870 \begin_inset space ~
40875 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
40876 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
40879 \begin_inset space ~
40887 \begin_layout Description
40889 \begin_inset space ~
40895 \begin_inset space ~
40901 When it is not set, the
40904 \begin_inset space ~
40909 is set to the end of the document.
40912 \begin_layout Description
40914 \begin_inset space ~
40918 \begin_inset space ~
40921 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
40922 language will be underlined blue.
40925 \begin_layout Description
40927 \begin_inset space ~
40931 \begin_inset space ~
40935 \begin_inset space ~
40939 \begin_inset space ~
40942 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
40946 \begin_layout Subsection
40950 \begin_layout Standard
40951 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
40952 \begin_inset space ~
40956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40958 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40965 \begin_layout Section
40969 \begin_layout Subsection
40971 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41000 \begin_layout Description
41002 \begin_inset space ~
41005 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41006 The name will be used when the
41011 \begin_inset Newline newline
41015 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41023 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41032 \begin_layout Description
41034 \begin_inset space ~
41038 \begin_inset space ~
41042 \begin_inset space ~
41045 printer This option works only for the
41050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41062 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41063 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41066 \begin_layout Description
41068 \begin_inset space ~
41071 command is the command LyX
41072 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41076 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41079 LaTeX uses for printing.
41080 The default is on most systems
41087 \begin_layout Description
41089 \begin_inset space ~
41093 \begin_inset space ~
41096 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41097 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41098 of the program that provides the
41105 \begin_layout Subsection
41110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41121 Settings ! Date format
41129 \begin_layout Standard
41130 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41131 \begin_inset Newline newline
41135 \begin_inset Flex URL
41138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41140 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41146 \begin_inset Newline newline
41149 For example the format
41150 \begin_inset Newline newline
41154 \begin_inset Newline newline
41157 prints the date as day/month/year.
41160 \begin_layout Subsection
41164 \begin_layout Description
41166 \begin_inset space ~
41170 \begin_inset space ~
41173 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41176 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41177 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41179 \begin_inset space ~
41185 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41189 \begin_layout Description
41191 \begin_inset space ~
41194 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41199 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41200 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41203 \begin_layout Subsection
41208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41216 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41218 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41235 \begin_layout Description
41240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41248 \begin_inset space ~
41251 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41256 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41278 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41291 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41292 LyX sets up in the background.
41293 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41296 \begin_layout Description
41298 \begin_inset space ~
41302 \begin_inset space ~
41305 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41310 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41313 \begin_layout Description
41315 \begin_inset space ~
41319 \begin_inset space ~
41323 \begin_inset space ~
41327 \begin_inset space ~
41331 \begin_inset space ~
41335 \begin_inset space ~
41338 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41340 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41343 dialog when changing the document class.
41346 \begin_layout Standard
41349 External Applications
41351 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41352 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
41353 manuals of the applications.
41354 Currently the following commands can be set:
41357 \begin_layout Description
41362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41370 \begin_inset space ~
41373 command Command for the program
41377 that is described in section
41388 \begin_layout Description
41393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41401 \begin_inset space ~
41404 command Command for the program
41408 that generates the bibliography, see section
41409 \begin_inset space ~
41413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41415 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41422 \begin_layout Description
41424 \begin_inset space ~
41427 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41428 \begin_inset space ~
41432 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41434 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41441 \begin_layout Description
41443 \begin_inset space ~
41447 \begin_inset space ~
41451 \begin_inset space ~
41455 \begin_inset space ~
41458 options They only have an effect when the program
41462 is used as DVI-viewer.
41465 \begin_layout Subsection
41470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41489 \begin_layout Standard
41494 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
41497 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
41499 uses the Windows path style:
41502 \begin_layout Standard
41510 \begin_layout Standard
41511 instead of the Unix path style:
41514 \begin_layout Standard
41518 \begin_layout Section
41523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41532 \begin_layout Standard
41533 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41534 from one format to another.
41535 You can modify them or create new ones.
41536 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41543 \begin_inset space ~
41553 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41557 \begin_inset space ~
41562 drop-down list, modify the
41566 field, and press the
41573 \begin_layout Standard
41576 Converter File Cache
41578 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41581 Maximum Age (in days
41584 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41585 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41588 \begin_layout Standard
41589 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41590 the converter definition, is described in section
41601 \begin_layout Section
41606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41615 name "sec:File-Formats"
41622 \begin_layout Standard
41623 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41624 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
41626 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
41634 \begin_inset space ~
41646 \begin_layout Standard
41647 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
41648 is described in section
41659 \begin_layout Section
41664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41673 \begin_layout Standard
41674 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
41675 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41676 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41677 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41678 This is done by a Copier.
41681 \begin_layout Standard
41682 More about converters is described in section
41693 \begin_layout Chapter
41694 Units available in LyX
41698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41705 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41707 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41714 \begin_layout Standard
41715 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41718 reference "cap:Units"
41722 explains all units available in LyX.
41725 \begin_layout Standard
41726 \begin_inset Float table
41732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41733 \begin_inset Caption
41735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41736 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41751 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41759 \begin_inset Tabular
41760 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41762 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41763 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41859 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41863 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41887 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41891 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41914 scaled point (65536
41915 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41919 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41943 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41947 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41971 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41975 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41979 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42003 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42007 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42030 % of original image width
42037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42219 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42223 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42244 \begin_layout Chapter
42246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42255 \begin_layout Standard
42256 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42257 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42260 \begin_layout Itemize
42263 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42266 \begin_layout Itemize
42272 \begin_layout Itemize
42278 \begin_layout Itemize
42284 \begin_layout Itemize
42290 \begin_layout Itemize
42296 \begin_layout Itemize
42302 \begin_layout Itemize
42308 \begin_layout Itemize
42311 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42314 \begin_layout Itemize
42320 \begin_layout Itemize
42326 \begin_layout Itemize
42332 \begin_layout Itemize
42338 \begin_layout Itemize
42344 \begin_layout Itemize
42350 \begin_layout Itemize
42356 \begin_layout Itemize
42362 \begin_layout Itemize
42364 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42373 \begin_layout Standard
42374 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42377 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42384 \begin_layout Bibliography
42385 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42386 LatexCommand bibitem
42393 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42396 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42401 \begin_inset Newline newline
42405 \begin_inset Flex URL
42408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42410 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42418 \begin_layout Bibliography
42419 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42420 LatexCommand bibitem
42421 key "latexcompanion"
42425 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42427 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42430 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42433 \begin_layout Bibliography
42434 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42435 LatexCommand bibitem
42440 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42443 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42446 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42449 \begin_layout Bibliography
42450 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42451 LatexCommand bibitem
42458 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42461 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42464 \begin_layout Bibliography
42465 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42466 LatexCommand bibitem
42478 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42481 \begin_layout Bibliography
42482 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42483 LatexCommand bibitem
42489 \begin_inset Newline newline
42493 \begin_inset Flex URL
42496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42498 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42506 \begin_layout Bibliography
42507 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42508 LatexCommand bibitem
42514 \begin_inset Newline newline
42518 \begin_inset Flex URL
42521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42523 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42531 \begin_layout Bibliography
42532 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42533 LatexCommand bibitem
42539 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42541 name "Documentation"
42542 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
42551 \begin_inset Newline newline
42555 \begin_inset Flex URL
42558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42560 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
42568 \begin_layout Bibliography
42569 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42570 LatexCommand bibitem
42576 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42578 name "Documentation"
42579 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42588 \begin_inset Newline newline
42592 \begin_inset Flex URL
42595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42597 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42605 \begin_layout Bibliography
42606 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42607 LatexCommand bibitem
42613 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42615 name "Documentation"
42616 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
42625 \begin_inset Newline newline
42629 \begin_inset Flex URL
42632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42634 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
42642 \begin_layout Bibliography
42643 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42644 LatexCommand bibitem
42650 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42652 name "Documentation"
42653 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
42657 of the LaTeX-package
42665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42666 LaTeX-packages ! caption
42672 \begin_inset Newline newline
42676 \begin_inset Flex URL
42679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42681 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
42689 \begin_layout Bibliography
42690 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42691 LatexCommand bibitem
42697 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42699 name "Documentation"
42700 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
42704 of the LaTeX-package
42712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42713 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42719 \begin_inset Newline newline
42723 \begin_inset Flex URL
42726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42728 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42736 \begin_layout Bibliography
42737 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42738 LatexCommand bibitem
42746 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42748 name "Documentation"
42749 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
42755 of the LaTeX-package
42763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42764 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
42770 \begin_inset Newline newline
42774 \begin_inset Flex URL
42777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42779 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
42787 \begin_layout Bibliography
42788 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42789 LatexCommand bibitem
42795 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42797 name "Documentation"
42798 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
42802 of the LaTeX-package
42810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42811 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
42817 \begin_inset Newline newline
42821 \begin_inset Flex URL
42824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42826 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
42834 \begin_layout Bibliography
42835 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42836 LatexCommand bibitem
42842 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42844 name "Documentation"
42845 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
42849 of the LaTeX-package
42857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42858 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
42864 \begin_inset Newline newline
42868 \begin_inset Flex URL
42871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42873 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
42881 \begin_layout Bibliography
42882 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42883 LatexCommand bibitem
42889 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42891 name "Documentation"
42892 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
42896 of the LaTeX-package
42904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42905 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
42911 \begin_inset Newline newline
42915 \begin_inset Flex URL
42918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42920 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
42928 \begin_layout Bibliography
42929 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42930 LatexCommand bibitem
42936 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42939 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
42943 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
42944 \begin_inset Newline newline
42948 \begin_inset Flex URL
42951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42953 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
42961 \begin_layout Bibliography
42962 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42963 LatexCommand bibitem
42969 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42972 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
42976 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
42977 \begin_inset Newline newline
42981 \begin_inset Flex URL
42984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42986 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
42994 \begin_layout Bibliography
42995 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42996 LatexCommand bibitem
43002 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43005 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43009 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43010 \begin_inset Newline newline
43014 \begin_inset Flex URL
43017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43019 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43027 \begin_layout Bibliography
43028 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43029 LatexCommand bibitem
43035 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43038 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43042 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43043 \begin_inset Newline newline
43047 \begin_inset Flex URL
43050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43052 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43060 \begin_layout Bibliography
43061 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43062 LatexCommand bibitem
43068 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43071 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43075 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43076 \begin_inset Newline newline
43080 \begin_inset Flex URL
43083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43085 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43093 \begin_layout Bibliography
43094 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43095 LatexCommand bibitem
43101 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43104 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43108 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43109 \begin_inset Newline newline
43113 \begin_inset Flex URL
43116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43118 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43126 \begin_layout Bibliography
43127 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43128 LatexCommand bibitem
43134 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43137 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43141 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43142 \begin_inset Newline newline
43146 \begin_inset Flex URL
43149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43151 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43159 \begin_layout Bibliography
43160 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43161 LatexCommand bibitem
43167 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43170 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43174 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43175 \begin_inset Newline newline
43179 \begin_inset Flex URL
43182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43184 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43192 \begin_layout Bibliography
43193 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43194 LatexCommand bibitem
43200 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43203 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43207 about new features in
43212 \begin_inset Newline newline
43216 \begin_inset Flex URL
43219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43221 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43229 \begin_layout Standard
43230 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43264 \begin_inset Note Note
43267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43274 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43275 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43276 bibliography is the second one:
43284 \begin_layout Standard
43285 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43286 LatexCommand bibtex
43287 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43288 options "biblio/alphadin"
43295 \begin_layout Standard
43296 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43299 \begin_layout Standard
43302 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43303 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43308 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43309 LatexCommand printindex